diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'binutils-2.25/bfd/elf.c')
| -rw-r--r-- | binutils-2.25/bfd/elf.c | 10045 |
1 files changed, 10045 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/binutils-2.25/bfd/elf.c b/binutils-2.25/bfd/elf.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8df38ee3 --- /dev/null +++ b/binutils-2.25/bfd/elf.c @@ -0,0 +1,10045 @@ +/* ELF executable support for BFD. + + Copyright 1993-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, + MA 02110-1301, USA. */ + + +/* +SECTION + ELF backends + + BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on. + Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386 + (running svr4 or Solaris 2). + + Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs + to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we + haven't bothered yet. */ + +/* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */ +#define _SYSCALL32 +#include "sysdep.h" +#include "bfd.h" +#include "bfdlink.h" +#include "libbfd.h" +#define ARCH_SIZE 0 +#include "elf-bfd.h" +#include "libiberty.h" +#include "safe-ctype.h" +#include "elf-linux-psinfo.h" + +#ifdef CORE_HEADER +#include CORE_HEADER +#endif + +static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *); +static bfd_boolean assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *); +static bfd_boolean prep_headers (bfd *); +static bfd_boolean swap_out_syms (bfd *, struct bfd_strtab_hash **, int) ; +static bfd_boolean elf_read_notes (bfd *, file_ptr, bfd_size_type) ; +static bfd_boolean elf_parse_notes (bfd *abfd, char *buf, size_t size, + file_ptr offset); + +/* Swap version information in and out. The version information is + currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will + need to move into elfcode.h. */ + +/* Swap in a Verdef structure. */ + +void +_bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd *abfd, + const Elf_External_Verdef *src, + Elf_Internal_Verdef *dst) +{ + dst->vd_version = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_version); + dst->vd_flags = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags); + dst->vd_ndx = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx); + dst->vd_cnt = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt); + dst->vd_hash = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash); + dst->vd_aux = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux); + dst->vd_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_next); +} + +/* Swap out a Verdef structure. */ + +void +_bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd *abfd, + const Elf_Internal_Verdef *src, + Elf_External_Verdef *dst) +{ + H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_version, dst->vd_version); + H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags, dst->vd_flags); + H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx, dst->vd_ndx); + H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt, dst->vd_cnt); + H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash, dst->vd_hash); + H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux, dst->vd_aux); + H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_next, dst->vd_next); +} + +/* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */ + +void +_bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd *abfd, + const Elf_External_Verdaux *src, + Elf_Internal_Verdaux *dst) +{ + dst->vda_name = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vda_name); + dst->vda_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vda_next); +} + +/* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */ + +void +_bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd *abfd, + const Elf_Internal_Verdaux *src, + Elf_External_Verdaux *dst) +{ + H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vda_name, dst->vda_name); + H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vda_next, dst->vda_next); +} + +/* Swap in a Verneed structure. */ + +void +_bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd *abfd, + const Elf_External_Verneed *src, + Elf_Internal_Verneed *dst) +{ + dst->vn_version = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vn_version); + dst->vn_cnt = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt); + dst->vn_file = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_file); + dst->vn_aux = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux); + dst->vn_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_next); +} + +/* Swap out a Verneed structure. */ + +void +_bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd *abfd, + const Elf_Internal_Verneed *src, + Elf_External_Verneed *dst) +{ + H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vn_version, dst->vn_version); + H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt, dst->vn_cnt); + H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_file, dst->vn_file); + H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux, dst->vn_aux); + H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_next, dst->vn_next); +} + +/* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */ + +void +_bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd *abfd, + const Elf_External_Vernaux *src, + Elf_Internal_Vernaux *dst) +{ + dst->vna_hash = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash); + dst->vna_flags = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags); + dst->vna_other = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vna_other); + dst->vna_name = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_name); + dst->vna_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_next); +} + +/* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */ + +void +_bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd *abfd, + const Elf_Internal_Vernaux *src, + Elf_External_Vernaux *dst) +{ + H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash, dst->vna_hash); + H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags, dst->vna_flags); + H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vna_other, dst->vna_other); + H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_name, dst->vna_name); + H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_next, dst->vna_next); +} + +/* Swap in a Versym structure. */ + +void +_bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd *abfd, + const Elf_External_Versym *src, + Elf_Internal_Versym *dst) +{ + dst->vs_vers = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers); +} + +/* Swap out a Versym structure. */ + +void +_bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd *abfd, + const Elf_Internal_Versym *src, + Elf_External_Versym *dst) +{ + H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers, dst->vs_vers); +} + +/* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will + cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */ + +unsigned long +bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg) +{ + const unsigned char *name = (const unsigned char *) namearg; + unsigned long h = 0; + unsigned long g; + int ch; + + while ((ch = *name++) != '\0') + { + h = (h << 4) + ch; + if ((g = (h & 0xf0000000)) != 0) + { + h ^= g >> 24; + /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in + this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */ + h ^= g; + } + } + return h & 0xffffffff; +} + +/* DT_GNU_HASH hash function. Do not change this function; you will + cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */ + +unsigned long +bfd_elf_gnu_hash (const char *namearg) +{ + const unsigned char *name = (const unsigned char *) namearg; + unsigned long h = 5381; + unsigned char ch; + + while ((ch = *name++) != '\0') + h = (h << 5) + h + ch; + return h & 0xffffffff; +} + +/* Create a tdata field OBJECT_SIZE bytes in length, zeroed out and with + the object_id field of an elf_obj_tdata field set to OBJECT_ID. */ +bfd_boolean +bfd_elf_allocate_object (bfd *abfd, + size_t object_size, + enum elf_target_id object_id) +{ + BFD_ASSERT (object_size >= sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata)); + abfd->tdata.any = bfd_zalloc (abfd, object_size); + if (abfd->tdata.any == NULL) + return FALSE; + + elf_object_id (abfd) = object_id; + if (abfd->direction != read_direction) + { + struct output_elf_obj_tdata *o = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof *o); + if (o == NULL) + return FALSE; + elf_tdata (abfd)->o = o; + elf_program_header_size (abfd) = (bfd_size_type) -1; + } + return TRUE; +} + + +bfd_boolean +bfd_elf_make_object (bfd *abfd) +{ + const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); + return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata), + bed->target_id); +} + +bfd_boolean +bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd *abfd) +{ + /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */ + if (!abfd->xvec->_bfd_set_format[(int) bfd_object] (abfd)) + return FALSE; + elf_tdata (abfd)->core = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (*elf_tdata (abfd)->core)); + return elf_tdata (abfd)->core != NULL; +} + +static char * +bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd *abfd, unsigned int shindex) +{ + Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp; + bfd_byte *shstrtab = NULL; + file_ptr offset; + bfd_size_type shstrtabsize; + + i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd); + if (i_shdrp == 0 + || shindex >= elf_numsections (abfd) + || i_shdrp[shindex] == 0) + return NULL; + + shstrtab = i_shdrp[shindex]->contents; + if (shstrtab == NULL) + { + /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */ + offset = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_offset; + shstrtabsize = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_size; + + /* Allocate and clear an extra byte at the end, to prevent crashes + in case the string table is not terminated. */ + if (shstrtabsize + 1 <= 1 + || (shstrtab = (bfd_byte *) bfd_alloc (abfd, shstrtabsize + 1)) == NULL + || bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) != 0) + shstrtab = NULL; + else if (bfd_bread (shstrtab, shstrtabsize, abfd) != shstrtabsize) + { + if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call) + bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated); + shstrtab = NULL; + /* Once we've failed to read it, make sure we don't keep + trying. Otherwise, we'll keep allocating space for + the string table over and over. */ + i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_size = 0; + } + else + shstrtab[shstrtabsize] = '\0'; + i_shdrp[shindex]->contents = shstrtab; + } + return (char *) shstrtab; +} + +char * +bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd *abfd, + unsigned int shindex, + unsigned int strindex) +{ + Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; + + if (strindex == 0) + return ""; + + if (elf_elfsections (abfd) == NULL || shindex >= elf_numsections (abfd)) + return NULL; + + hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex]; + + if (hdr->contents == NULL + && bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd, shindex) == NULL) + return NULL; + + if (strindex >= hdr->sh_size) + { + unsigned int shstrndx = elf_elfheader(abfd)->e_shstrndx; + (*_bfd_error_handler) + (_("%B: invalid string offset %u >= %lu for section `%s'"), + abfd, strindex, (unsigned long) hdr->sh_size, + (shindex == shstrndx && strindex == hdr->sh_name + ? ".shstrtab" + : bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shstrndx, hdr->sh_name))); + return NULL; + } + + return ((char *) hdr->contents) + strindex; +} + +/* Read and convert symbols to internal format. + SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from + symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF + are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external + symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively. + Returns a pointer to the internal symbol buffer (malloced if necessary) + or NULL if there were no symbols or some kind of problem. */ + +Elf_Internal_Sym * +bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd *ibfd, + Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr, + size_t symcount, + size_t symoffset, + Elf_Internal_Sym *intsym_buf, + void *extsym_buf, + Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *extshndx_buf) +{ + Elf_Internal_Shdr *shndx_hdr; + void *alloc_ext; + const bfd_byte *esym; + Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *alloc_extshndx; + Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *shndx; + Elf_Internal_Sym *alloc_intsym; + Elf_Internal_Sym *isym; + Elf_Internal_Sym *isymend; + const struct elf_backend_data *bed; + size_t extsym_size; + bfd_size_type amt; + file_ptr pos; + + if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour) + abort (); + + if (symcount == 0) + return intsym_buf; + + /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */ + shndx_hdr = NULL; + if (symtab_hdr == &elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_hdr) + shndx_hdr = &elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr; + + /* Read the symbols. */ + alloc_ext = NULL; + alloc_extshndx = NULL; + alloc_intsym = NULL; + bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd); + extsym_size = bed->s->sizeof_sym; + amt = symcount * extsym_size; + pos = symtab_hdr->sh_offset + symoffset * extsym_size; + if (extsym_buf == NULL) + { + alloc_ext = bfd_malloc2 (symcount, extsym_size); + extsym_buf = alloc_ext; + } + if (extsym_buf == NULL + || bfd_seek (ibfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0 + || bfd_bread (extsym_buf, amt, ibfd) != amt) + { + intsym_buf = NULL; + goto out; + } + + if (shndx_hdr == NULL || shndx_hdr->sh_size == 0) + extshndx_buf = NULL; + else + { + amt = symcount * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx); + pos = shndx_hdr->sh_offset + symoffset * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx); + if (extshndx_buf == NULL) + { + alloc_extshndx = (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *) + bfd_malloc2 (symcount, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx)); + extshndx_buf = alloc_extshndx; + } + if (extshndx_buf == NULL + || bfd_seek (ibfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0 + || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf, amt, ibfd) != amt) + { + intsym_buf = NULL; + goto out; + } + } + + if (intsym_buf == NULL) + { + alloc_intsym = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) + bfd_malloc2 (symcount, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym)); + intsym_buf = alloc_intsym; + if (intsym_buf == NULL) + goto out; + } + + /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */ + isymend = intsym_buf + symcount; + for (esym = (const bfd_byte *) extsym_buf, isym = intsym_buf, + shndx = extshndx_buf; + isym < isymend; + esym += extsym_size, isym++, shndx = shndx != NULL ? shndx + 1 : NULL) + if (!(*bed->s->swap_symbol_in) (ibfd, esym, shndx, isym)) + { + symoffset += (esym - (bfd_byte *) extsym_buf) / extsym_size; + (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B symbol number %lu references " + "nonexistent SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section"), + ibfd, (unsigned long) symoffset); + if (alloc_intsym != NULL) + free (alloc_intsym); + intsym_buf = NULL; + goto out; + } + + out: + if (alloc_ext != NULL) + free (alloc_ext); + if (alloc_extshndx != NULL) + free (alloc_extshndx); + + return intsym_buf; +} + +/* Look up a symbol name. */ +const char * +bfd_elf_sym_name (bfd *abfd, + Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr, + Elf_Internal_Sym *isym, + asection *sym_sec) +{ + const char *name; + unsigned int iname = isym->st_name; + unsigned int shindex = symtab_hdr->sh_link; + + if (iname == 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_SECTION + /* Check for a bogus st_shndx to avoid crashing. */ + && isym->st_shndx < elf_numsections (abfd)) + { + iname = elf_elfsections (abfd)[isym->st_shndx]->sh_name; + shindex = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx; + } + + name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shindex, iname); + if (name == NULL) + name = "(null)"; + else if (sym_sec && *name == '\0') + name = bfd_section_name (abfd, sym_sec); + + return name; +} + +/* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP + sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section + pointers. */ + +typedef union elf_internal_group { + Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr; + unsigned int flags; +} Elf_Internal_Group; + +/* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the + signature just a string? */ + +static const char * +group_signature (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *ghdr) +{ + Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; + unsigned char esym[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym)]; + Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx; + Elf_Internal_Sym isym; + + /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. Make sure + that it is a symbol table section. */ + if (ghdr->sh_link >= elf_numsections (abfd)) + return NULL; + hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd) [ghdr->sh_link]; + if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_SYMTAB + || ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, ghdr->sh_link)) + return NULL; + + /* Go read the symbol. */ + hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; + if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, hdr, 1, ghdr->sh_info, + &isym, esym, &eshndx) == NULL) + return NULL; + + return bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd, hdr, &isym, NULL); +} + +/* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */ + +static bfd_boolean +setup_group (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, asection *newsect) +{ + unsigned int num_group = elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group; + + /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count + is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */ + if (num_group == 0) + { + unsigned int i, shnum; + + /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP + section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */ + shnum = elf_numsections (abfd); + num_group = 0; + +#define IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER(shdr, minsize) \ + ( (shdr)->sh_type == SHT_GROUP \ + && (shdr)->sh_size >= minsize \ + && (shdr)->sh_entsize == GRP_ENTRY_SIZE \ + && ((shdr)->sh_size % GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) == 0) + + for (i = 0; i < shnum; i++) + { + Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i]; + + if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE)) + num_group += 1; + } + + if (num_group == 0) + { + num_group = (unsigned) -1; + elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group; + } + else + { + /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections, + so we can find them quickly. */ + bfd_size_type amt; + + elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group; + elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr = (Elf_Internal_Shdr **) + bfd_alloc2 (abfd, num_group, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *)); + if (elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr == NULL) + return FALSE; + + num_group = 0; + for (i = 0; i < shnum; i++) + { + Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i]; + + if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE)) + { + unsigned char *src; + Elf_Internal_Group *dest; + + /* Add to list of sections. */ + elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[num_group] = shdr; + num_group += 1; + + /* Read the raw contents. */ + BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest) >= 4); + amt = shdr->sh_size * sizeof (*dest) / 4; + shdr->contents = (unsigned char *) + bfd_alloc2 (abfd, shdr->sh_size, sizeof (*dest) / 4); + /* PR binutils/4110: Handle corrupt group headers. */ + if (shdr->contents == NULL) + { + _bfd_error_handler + (_("%B: Corrupt size field in group section header: 0x%lx"), abfd, shdr->sh_size); + bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); + return FALSE; + } + + memset (shdr->contents, 0, amt); + + if (bfd_seek (abfd, shdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 + || (bfd_bread (shdr->contents, shdr->sh_size, abfd) + != shdr->sh_size)) + return FALSE; + + /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an + array of elf section indices all in target byte order, + to the flag word followed by an array of elf section + pointers. */ + src = shdr->contents + shdr->sh_size; + dest = (Elf_Internal_Group *) (shdr->contents + amt); + while (1) + { + unsigned int idx; + + src -= 4; + --dest; + idx = H_GET_32 (abfd, src); + if (src == shdr->contents) + { + dest->flags = idx; + if (shdr->bfd_section != NULL && (idx & GRP_COMDAT)) + shdr->bfd_section->flags + |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD; + break; + } + if (idx >= shnum) + { + ((*_bfd_error_handler) + (_("%B: invalid SHT_GROUP entry"), abfd)); + idx = 0; + } + dest->shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[idx]; + } + } + } + } + } + + if (num_group != (unsigned) -1) + { + unsigned int i; + + for (i = 0; i < num_group; i++) + { + Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[i]; + Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents; + unsigned int n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4; + + /* Look through this group's sections to see if current + section is a member. */ + while (--n_elt != 0) + if ((++idx)->shdr == hdr) + { + asection *s = NULL; + + /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through + other members to see if any others are linked via + next_in_group. */ + idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents; + n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4; + while (--n_elt != 0) + if ((s = (++idx)->shdr->bfd_section) != NULL + && elf_next_in_group (s) != NULL) + break; + if (n_elt != 0) + { + /* Snarf the group name from other member, and + insert current section in circular list. */ + elf_group_name (newsect) = elf_group_name (s); + elf_next_in_group (newsect) = elf_next_in_group (s); + elf_next_in_group (s) = newsect; + } + else + { + const char *gname; + + gname = group_signature (abfd, shdr); + if (gname == NULL) + return FALSE; + elf_group_name (newsect) = gname; + + /* Start a circular list with one element. */ + elf_next_in_group (newsect) = newsect; + } + + /* If the group section has been created, point to the + new member. */ + if (shdr->bfd_section != NULL) + elf_next_in_group (shdr->bfd_section) = newsect; + + i = num_group - 1; + break; + } + } + } + + if (elf_group_name (newsect) == NULL) + { + (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: no group info for section %A"), + abfd, newsect); + } + return TRUE; +} + +bfd_boolean +_bfd_elf_setup_sections (bfd *abfd) +{ + unsigned int i; + unsigned int num_group = elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group; + bfd_boolean result = TRUE; + asection *s; + + /* Process SHF_LINK_ORDER. */ + for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) + { + Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr = &elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr; + if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0) + { + unsigned int elfsec = this_hdr->sh_link; + /* FIXME: The old Intel compiler and old strip/objcopy may + not set the sh_link or sh_info fields. Hence we could + get the situation where elfsec is 0. */ + if (elfsec == 0) + { + const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); + if (bed->link_order_error_handler) + bed->link_order_error_handler + (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"), + abfd, s); + } + else + { + asection *linksec = NULL; + + if (elfsec < elf_numsections (abfd)) + { + this_hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec]; + linksec = this_hdr->bfd_section; + } + + /* PR 1991, 2008: + Some strip/objcopy may leave an incorrect value in + sh_link. We don't want to proceed. */ + if (linksec == NULL) + { + (*_bfd_error_handler) + (_("%B: sh_link [%d] in section `%A' is incorrect"), + s->owner, s, elfsec); + result = FALSE; + } + + elf_linked_to_section (s) = linksec; + } + } + } + + /* Process section groups. */ + if (num_group == (unsigned) -1) + return result; + + for (i = 0; i < num_group; i++) + { + Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[i]; + Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents; + unsigned int n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4; + + while (--n_elt != 0) + if ((++idx)->shdr->bfd_section) + elf_sec_group (idx->shdr->bfd_section) = shdr->bfd_section; + else if (idx->shdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA + || idx->shdr->sh_type == SHT_REL) + /* We won't include relocation sections in section groups in + output object files. We adjust the group section size here + so that relocatable link will work correctly when + relocation sections are in section group in input object + files. */ + shdr->bfd_section->size -= 4; + else + { + /* There are some unknown sections in the group. */ + (*_bfd_error_handler) + (_("%B: unknown [%d] section `%s' in group [%s]"), + abfd, + (unsigned int) idx->shdr->sh_type, + bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, + (elf_elfheader (abfd) + ->e_shstrndx), + idx->shdr->sh_name), + shdr->bfd_section->name); + result = FALSE; + } + } + return result; +} + +bfd_boolean +bfd_elf_is_group_section (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, const asection *sec) +{ + return elf_next_in_group (sec) != NULL; +} + +/* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the + BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */ + +bfd_boolean +_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd, + Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, + const char *name, + int shindex) +{ + asection *newsect; + flagword flags; + const struct elf_backend_data *bed; + + if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL) + return TRUE; + + newsect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name); + if (newsect == NULL) + return FALSE; + + hdr->bfd_section = newsect; + elf_section_data (newsect)->this_hdr = *hdr; + elf_section_data (newsect)->this_idx = shindex; + + /* Always use the real type/flags. */ + elf_section_type (newsect) = hdr->sh_type; + elf_section_flags (newsect) = hdr->sh_flags; + + newsect->filepos = hdr->sh_offset; + + if (! bfd_set_section_vma (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_addr) + || ! bfd_set_section_size (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_size) + || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, newsect, + bfd_log2 (hdr->sh_addralign))) + return FALSE; + + flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS; + if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS) + flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS; + if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_GROUP) + flags |= SEC_GROUP | SEC_EXCLUDE; + if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0) + { + flags |= SEC_ALLOC; + if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS) + flags |= SEC_LOAD; + } + if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE) == 0) + flags |= SEC_READONLY; + if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR) != 0) + flags |= SEC_CODE; + else if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) + flags |= SEC_DATA; + if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_MERGE) != 0) + { + flags |= SEC_MERGE; + newsect->entsize = hdr->sh_entsize; + if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_STRINGS) != 0) + flags |= SEC_STRINGS; + } + if (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_GROUP) + if (!setup_group (abfd, hdr, newsect)) + return FALSE; + if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) != 0) + flags |= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL; + if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXCLUDE) != 0) + flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE; + + if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0) + { + /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name, + not any sort of flag. Their SEC_ALLOC bits are cleared. */ + if (name [0] == '.') + { + const char *p; + int n; + if (name[1] == 'd') + p = ".debug", n = 6; + else if (name[1] == 'g' && name[2] == 'n') + p = ".gnu.linkonce.wi.", n = 17; + else if (name[1] == 'g' && name[2] == 'd') + p = ".gdb_index", n = 11; /* yes we really do mean 11. */ + else if (name[1] == 'l') + p = ".line", n = 5; + else if (name[1] == 's') + p = ".stab", n = 5; + else if (name[1] == 'z') + p = ".zdebug", n = 7; + else + p = NULL, n = 0; + if (p != NULL && strncmp (name, p, n) == 0) + flags |= SEC_DEBUGGING; + } + } + + /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we + only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support + g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section. + The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions + are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard + all but one of the sections. */ + if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".gnu.linkonce") + && elf_next_in_group (newsect) == NULL) + flags |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD; + + bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); + if (bed->elf_backend_section_flags) + if (! bed->elf_backend_section_flags (&flags, hdr)) + return FALSE; + + if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, newsect, flags)) + return FALSE; + + /* We do not parse the PT_NOTE segments as we are interested even in the + separate debug info files which may have the segments offsets corrupted. + PT_NOTEs from the core files are currently not parsed using BFD. */ + if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOTE) + { + bfd_byte *contents; + + if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, newsect, &contents)) + return FALSE; + + elf_parse_notes (abfd, (char *) contents, hdr->sh_size, -1); + free (contents); + } + + if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) + { + Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdr; + unsigned int i, nload; + + /* Some ELF linkers produce binaries with all the program header + p_paddr fields zero. If we have such a binary with more than + one PT_LOAD header, then leave the section lma equal to vma + so that we don't create sections with overlapping lma. */ + phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr; + for (nload = 0, i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++) + if (phdr->p_paddr != 0) + break; + else if (phdr->p_type == PT_LOAD && phdr->p_memsz != 0) + ++nload; + if (i >= elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum && nload > 1) + return TRUE; + + phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr; + for (i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++) + { + if (((phdr->p_type == PT_LOAD + && (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) == 0) + || phdr->p_type == PT_TLS) + && ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (hdr, phdr)) + { + if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0) + newsect->lma = (phdr->p_paddr + + hdr->sh_addr - phdr->p_vaddr); + else + /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD + sections, but that doesn't work if the segment + is packed with code from multiple VMAs. + Instead we calculate the section LMA based on + the segment LMA. It is assumed that the + segment will contain sections with contiguous + LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */ + newsect->lma = (phdr->p_paddr + + hdr->sh_offset - phdr->p_offset); + + /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file + offsets whether a section with zero size should + be placed at the end of one segment or the + beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */ + if (hdr->sh_addr >= phdr->p_vaddr + && (hdr->sh_addr + hdr->sh_size + <= phdr->p_vaddr + phdr->p_memsz)) + break; + } + } + } + + /* Compress/decompress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_* and + .zdebug_*, after the section flags is set. */ + if ((flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) + && ((name[1] == 'd' && name[6] == '_') + || (name[1] == 'z' && name[7] == '_'))) + { + enum { nothing, compress, decompress } action = nothing; + char *new_name; + + if (bfd_is_section_compressed (abfd, newsect)) + { + /* Compressed section. Check if we should decompress. */ + if ((abfd->flags & BFD_DECOMPRESS)) + action = decompress; + } + else + { + /* Normal section. Check if we should compress. */ + if ((abfd->flags & BFD_COMPRESS) && newsect->size != 0) + action = compress; + } + + new_name = NULL; + switch (action) + { + case nothing: + break; + case compress: + if (!bfd_init_section_compress_status (abfd, newsect)) + { + (*_bfd_error_handler) + (_("%B: unable to initialize compress status for section %s"), + abfd, name); + return FALSE; + } + if (name[1] != 'z') + { + unsigned int len = strlen (name); + + new_name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len + 2); + if (new_name == NULL) + return FALSE; + new_name[0] = '.'; + new_name[1] = 'z'; + memcpy (new_name + 2, name + 1, len); + } + break; + case decompress: + if (!bfd_init_section_decompress_status (abfd, newsect)) + { + (*_bfd_error_handler) + (_("%B: unable to initialize decompress status for section %s"), + abfd, name); + return FALSE; + } + if (name[1] == 'z') + { + unsigned int len = strlen (name); + + new_name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len); + if (new_name == NULL) + return FALSE; + new_name[0] = '.'; + memcpy (new_name + 1, name + 2, len - 1); + } + break; + } + if (new_name != NULL) + bfd_rename_section (abfd, newsect, new_name); + } + + return TRUE; +} + +const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names[] = { + "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB", + "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE", + "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM", +}; + +/* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable + output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing + has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also + be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to + change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will + all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code + into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto + function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing + relocatable output against an external symbol. */ + +bfd_reloc_status_type +bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, + arelent *reloc_entry, + asymbol *symbol, + void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, + asection *input_section, + bfd *output_bfd, + char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) +{ + if (output_bfd != NULL + && (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0 + && (! reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace + || reloc_entry->addend == 0)) + { + reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset; + return bfd_reloc_ok; + } + + return bfd_reloc_continue; +} + +/* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to + another. */ + +bfd_boolean +_bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd) +{ + if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour + || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour) + return TRUE; + + BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (obfd) + || (elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags + == elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags)); + + elf_gp (obfd) = elf_gp (ibfd); + elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags; + elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE; + + /* Copy object attributes. */ + _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd, obfd); + return TRUE; +} + +static const char * +get_segment_type (unsigned int p_type) +{ + const char *pt; + switch (p_type) + { + case PT_NULL: pt = "NULL"; break; + case PT_LOAD: pt = "LOAD"; break; + case PT_DYNAMIC: pt = "DYNAMIC"; break; + case PT_INTERP: pt = "INTERP"; break; + case PT_NOTE: pt = "NOTE"; break; + case PT_SHLIB: pt = "SHLIB"; break; + case PT_PHDR: pt = "PHDR"; break; + case PT_TLS: pt = "TLS"; break; + case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME: pt = "EH_FRAME"; break; + case PT_GNU_STACK: pt = "STACK"; break; + case PT_GNU_RELRO: pt = "RELRO"; break; + default: pt = NULL; break; + } + return pt; +} + +/* Print out the program headers. */ + +bfd_boolean +_bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd *abfd, void *farg) +{ + FILE *f = (FILE *) farg; + Elf_Internal_Phdr *p; + asection *s; + bfd_byte *dynbuf = NULL; + + p = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr; + if (p != NULL) + { + unsigned int i, c; + + fprintf (f, _("\nProgram Header:\n")); + c = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; + for (i = 0; i < c; i++, p++) + { + const char *pt = get_segment_type (p->p_type); + char buf[20]; + + if (pt == NULL) + { + sprintf (buf, "0x%lx", p->p_type); + pt = buf; + } + fprintf (f, "%8s off 0x", pt); + bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_offset); + fprintf (f, " vaddr 0x"); + bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_vaddr); + fprintf (f, " paddr 0x"); + bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_paddr); + fprintf (f, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p->p_align)); + fprintf (f, " filesz 0x"); + bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_filesz); + fprintf (f, " memsz 0x"); + bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_memsz); + fprintf (f, " flags %c%c%c", + (p->p_flags & PF_R) != 0 ? 'r' : '-', + (p->p_flags & PF_W) != 0 ? 'w' : '-', + (p->p_flags & PF_X) != 0 ? 'x' : '-'); + if ((p->p_flags &~ (unsigned) (PF_R | PF_W | PF_X)) != 0) + fprintf (f, " %lx", p->p_flags &~ (unsigned) (PF_R | PF_W | PF_X)); + fprintf (f, "\n"); + } + } + + s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic"); + if (s != NULL) + { + unsigned int elfsec; + unsigned long shlink; + bfd_byte *extdyn, *extdynend; + size_t extdynsize; + void (*swap_dyn_in) (bfd *, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn *); + + fprintf (f, _("\nDynamic Section:\n")); + + if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, s, &dynbuf)) + goto error_return; + + elfsec = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, s); + if (elfsec == SHN_BAD) + goto error_return; + shlink = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec]->sh_link; + + extdynsize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn; + swap_dyn_in = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->swap_dyn_in; + + extdyn = dynbuf; + extdynend = extdyn + s->size; + for (; extdyn < extdynend; extdyn += extdynsize) + { + Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn; + const char *name = ""; + char ab[20]; + bfd_boolean stringp; + const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); + + (*swap_dyn_in) (abfd, extdyn, &dyn); + + if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NULL) + break; + + stringp = FALSE; + switch (dyn.d_tag) + { + default: + if (bed->elf_backend_get_target_dtag) + name = (*bed->elf_backend_get_target_dtag) (dyn.d_tag); + + if (!strcmp (name, "")) + { + sprintf (ab, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn.d_tag); + name = ab; + } + break; + + case DT_NEEDED: name = "NEEDED"; stringp = TRUE; break; + case DT_PLTRELSZ: name = "PLTRELSZ"; break; + case DT_PLTGOT: name = "PLTGOT"; break; + case DT_HASH: name = "HASH"; break; + case DT_STRTAB: name = "STRTAB"; break; + case DT_SYMTAB: name = "SYMTAB"; break; + case DT_RELA: name = "RELA"; break; + case DT_RELASZ: name = "RELASZ"; break; + case DT_RELAENT: name = "RELAENT"; break; + case DT_STRSZ: name = "STRSZ"; break; + case DT_SYMENT: name = "SYMENT"; break; + case DT_INIT: name = "INIT"; break; + case DT_FINI: name = "FINI"; break; + case DT_SONAME: name = "SONAME"; stringp = TRUE; break; + case DT_RPATH: name = "RPATH"; stringp = TRUE; break; + case DT_SYMBOLIC: name = "SYMBOLIC"; break; + case DT_REL: name = "REL"; break; + case DT_RELSZ: name = "RELSZ"; break; + case DT_RELENT: name = "RELENT"; break; + case DT_PLTREL: name = "PLTREL"; break; + case DT_DEBUG: name = "DEBUG"; break; + case DT_TEXTREL: name = "TEXTREL"; break; + case DT_JMPREL: name = "JMPREL"; break; + case DT_BIND_NOW: name = "BIND_NOW"; break; + case DT_INIT_ARRAY: name = "INIT_ARRAY"; break; + case DT_FINI_ARRAY: name = "FINI_ARRAY"; break; + case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ: name = "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break; + case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ: name = "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break; + case DT_RUNPATH: name = "RUNPATH"; stringp = TRUE; break; + case DT_FLAGS: name = "FLAGS"; break; + case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY: name = "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break; + case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ: name = "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break; + case DT_CHECKSUM: name = "CHECKSUM"; break; + case DT_PLTPADSZ: name = "PLTPADSZ"; break; + case DT_MOVEENT: name = "MOVEENT"; break; + case DT_MOVESZ: name = "MOVESZ"; break; + case DT_FEATURE: name = "FEATURE"; break; + case DT_POSFLAG_1: name = "POSFLAG_1"; break; + case DT_SYMINSZ: name = "SYMINSZ"; break; + case DT_SYMINENT: name = "SYMINENT"; break; + case DT_CONFIG: name = "CONFIG"; stringp = TRUE; break; + case DT_DEPAUDIT: name = "DEPAUDIT"; stringp = TRUE; break; + case DT_AUDIT: name = "AUDIT"; stringp = TRUE; break; + case DT_PLTPAD: name = "PLTPAD"; break; + case DT_MOVETAB: name = "MOVETAB"; break; + case DT_SYMINFO: name = "SYMINFO"; break; + case DT_RELACOUNT: name = "RELACOUNT"; break; + case DT_RELCOUNT: name = "RELCOUNT"; break; + case DT_FLAGS_1: name = "FLAGS_1"; break; + case DT_VERSYM: name = "VERSYM"; break; + case DT_VERDEF: name = "VERDEF"; break; + case DT_VERDEFNUM: name = "VERDEFNUM"; break; + case DT_VERNEED: name = "VERNEED"; break; + case DT_VERNEEDNUM: name = "VERNEEDNUM"; break; + case DT_AUXILIARY: name = "AUXILIARY"; stringp = TRUE; break; + case DT_USED: name = "USED"; break; + case DT_FILTER: name = "FILTER"; stringp = TRUE; break; + case DT_GNU_HASH: name = "GNU_HASH"; break; + } + + fprintf (f, " %-20s ", name); + if (! stringp) + { + fprintf (f, "0x"); + bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, dyn.d_un.d_val); + } + else + { + const char *string; + unsigned int tagv = dyn.d_un.d_val; + + string = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shlink, tagv); + if (string == NULL) + goto error_return; + fprintf (f, "%s", string); + } + fprintf (f, "\n"); + } + + free (dynbuf); + dynbuf = NULL; + } + + if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL) + || (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL)) + { + if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd, FALSE)) + return FALSE; + } + + if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0) + { + Elf_Internal_Verdef *t; + + fprintf (f, _("\nVersion definitions:\n")); + for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef; t != NULL; t = t->vd_nextdef) + { + fprintf (f, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t->vd_ndx, + t->vd_flags, t->vd_hash, + t->vd_nodename ? t->vd_nodename : "<corrupt>"); + if (t->vd_auxptr != NULL && t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr != NULL) + { + Elf_Internal_Verdaux *a; + + fprintf (f, "\t"); + for (a = t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr; + a != NULL; + a = a->vda_nextptr) + fprintf (f, "%s ", + a->vda_nodename ? a->vda_nodename : "<corrupt>"); + fprintf (f, "\n"); + } + } + } + + if (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0) + { + Elf_Internal_Verneed *t; + + fprintf (f, _("\nVersion References:\n")); + for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref; t != NULL; t = t->vn_nextref) + { + Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a; + + fprintf (f, _(" required from %s:\n"), + t->vn_filename ? t->vn_filename : "<corrupt>"); + for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr) + fprintf (f, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a->vna_hash, + a->vna_flags, a->vna_other, + a->vna_nodename ? a->vna_nodename : "<corrupt>"); + } + } + + return TRUE; + + error_return: + if (dynbuf != NULL) + free (dynbuf); + return FALSE; +} + +/* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */ + +void +bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd *abfd, + void *filep, + asymbol *symbol, + bfd_print_symbol_type how) +{ + FILE *file = (FILE *) filep; + switch (how) + { + case bfd_print_symbol_name: + fprintf (file, "%s", symbol->name); + break; + case bfd_print_symbol_more: + fprintf (file, "elf "); + bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, file, symbol->value); + fprintf (file, " %lx", (unsigned long) symbol->flags); + break; + case bfd_print_symbol_all: + { + const char *section_name; + const char *name = NULL; + const struct elf_backend_data *bed; + unsigned char st_other; + bfd_vma val; + + section_name = symbol->section ? symbol->section->name : "(*none*)"; + + bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); + if (bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all) + name = (*bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all) (abfd, filep, symbol); + + if (name == NULL) + { + name = symbol->name; + bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd, file, symbol); + } + + fprintf (file, " %s\t", section_name); + /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols, + we've already printed the size; now print the alignment. + For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and + we've printed the address; now print the size. */ + if (symbol->section && bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section)) + val = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_value; + else + val = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_size; + bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, file, val); + + /* If we have version information, print it. */ + if (elf_dynversym (abfd) != 0 + && (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0 + || elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0)) + { + unsigned int vernum; + const char *version_string; + + vernum = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->version & VERSYM_VERSION; + + if (vernum == 0) + version_string = ""; + else if (vernum == 1) + version_string = "Base"; + else if (vernum <= elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs) + version_string = + elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef[vernum - 1].vd_nodename; + else + { + Elf_Internal_Verneed *t; + + version_string = ""; + for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref; + t != NULL; + t = t->vn_nextref) + { + Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a; + + for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr) + { + if (a->vna_other == vernum) + { + version_string = a->vna_nodename; + break; + } + } + } + } + + if ((((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->version & VERSYM_HIDDEN) == 0) + fprintf (file, " %-11s", version_string); + else + { + int i; + + fprintf (file, " (%s)", version_string); + for (i = 10 - strlen (version_string); i > 0; --i) + putc (' ', file); + } + } + + /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */ + st_other = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_other; + + switch (st_other) + { + case 0: break; + case STV_INTERNAL: fprintf (file, " .internal"); break; + case STV_HIDDEN: fprintf (file, " .hidden"); break; + case STV_PROTECTED: fprintf (file, " .protected"); break; + default: + /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print + everything hex. */ + fprintf (file, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other); + } + + fprintf (file, " %s", name); + } + break; + } +} + +/* Allocate an ELF string table--force the first byte to be zero. */ + +struct bfd_strtab_hash * +_bfd_elf_stringtab_init (void) +{ + struct bfd_strtab_hash *ret; + + ret = _bfd_stringtab_init (); + if (ret != NULL) + { + bfd_size_type loc; + + loc = _bfd_stringtab_add (ret, "", TRUE, FALSE); + BFD_ASSERT (loc == 0 || loc == (bfd_size_type) -1); + if (loc == (bfd_size_type) -1) + { + _bfd_stringtab_free (ret); + ret = NULL; + } + } + return ret; +} + +/* ELF .o/exec file reading */ + +/* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */ + +bfd_boolean +bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd, unsigned int shindex) +{ + Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; + Elf_Internal_Ehdr *ehdr; + const struct elf_backend_data *bed; + const char *name; + + if (shindex >= elf_numsections (abfd)) + return FALSE; + + hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex]; + ehdr = elf_elfheader (abfd); + name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, ehdr->e_shstrndx, + hdr->sh_name); + if (name == NULL) + return FALSE; + + bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); + switch (hdr->sh_type) + { + case SHT_NULL: + /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */ + return TRUE; + + case SHT_PROGBITS: /* Normal section with contents. */ + case SHT_NOBITS: /* .bss section. */ + case SHT_HASH: /* .hash section. */ + case SHT_NOTE: /* .note section. */ + case SHT_INIT_ARRAY: /* .init_array section. */ + case SHT_FINI_ARRAY: /* .fini_array section. */ + case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY: /* .preinit_array section. */ + case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST: /* .gnu.liblist section. */ + case SHT_GNU_HASH: /* .gnu.hash section. */ + return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex); + + case SHT_DYNAMIC: /* Dynamic linking information. */ + if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex)) + return FALSE; + if (hdr->sh_link > elf_numsections (abfd)) + { + /* PR 10478: Accept Solaris binaries with a sh_link + field set to SHN_BEFORE or SHN_AFTER. */ + switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd)) + { + case bfd_arch_i386: + case bfd_arch_sparc: + if (hdr->sh_link == (SHN_LORESERVE & 0xffff) /* SHN_BEFORE */ + || hdr->sh_link == ((SHN_LORESERVE + 1) & 0xffff) /* SHN_AFTER */) + break; + /* Otherwise fall through. */ + default: + return FALSE; + } + } + else if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link] == NULL) + return FALSE; + else if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_STRTAB) + { + Elf_Internal_Shdr *dynsymhdr; + + /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus + sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the + string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */ + if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) != 0) + { + dynsymhdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd)]; + hdr->sh_link = dynsymhdr->sh_link; + } + else + { + unsigned int i, num_sec; + + num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd); + for (i = 1; i < num_sec; i++) + { + dynsymhdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i]; + if (dynsymhdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM) + { + hdr->sh_link = dynsymhdr->sh_link; + break; + } + } + } + } + break; + + case SHT_SYMTAB: /* A symbol table */ + if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == shindex) + return TRUE; + + if (hdr->sh_entsize != bed->s->sizeof_sym) + return FALSE; + if (hdr->sh_info * hdr->sh_entsize > hdr->sh_size) + { + if (hdr->sh_size != 0) + return FALSE; + /* Some assemblers erroneously set sh_info to one with a + zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count + of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */ + hdr->sh_info = 0; + return TRUE; + } + BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == 0); + elf_onesymtab (abfd) = shindex; + elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr = *hdr; + elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; + abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS; + + /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If + SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also + treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the + decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes + set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the + linker. */ + if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0 + && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0 + && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, + shindex)) + return FALSE; + + /* Go looking for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX too, since if there is one we + can't read symbols without that section loaded as well. It + is most likely specified by the next section header. */ + if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_symtab_shndx (abfd)]->sh_link != shindex) + { + unsigned int i, num_sec; + + num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd); + for (i = shindex + 1; i < num_sec; i++) + { + Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i]; + if (hdr2->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX + && hdr2->sh_link == shindex) + break; + } + if (i == num_sec) + for (i = 1; i < shindex; i++) + { + Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i]; + if (hdr2->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX + && hdr2->sh_link == shindex) + break; + } + if (i != shindex) + return bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i); + } + return TRUE; + + case SHT_DYNSYM: /* A dynamic symbol table */ + if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == shindex) + return TRUE; + + if (hdr->sh_entsize != bed->s->sizeof_sym) + return FALSE; + if (hdr->sh_info * hdr->sh_entsize > hdr->sh_size) + { + if (hdr->sh_size != 0) + return FALSE; + /* Some linkers erroneously set sh_info to one with a + zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count + of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */ + hdr->sh_info = 0; + return TRUE; + } + BFD_ASSERT (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0); + elf_dynsymtab (abfd) = shindex; + elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr = *hdr; + elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr; + abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS; + + /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular + section, so that objcopy can handle it. */ + return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex); + + case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections */ + if (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) == shindex) + return TRUE; + + BFD_ASSERT (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) == 0); + elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) = shindex; + elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr = *hdr; + elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr; + return TRUE; + + case SHT_STRTAB: /* A string table */ + if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL) + return TRUE; + if (ehdr->e_shstrndx == shindex) + { + elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr = *hdr; + elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr; + return TRUE; + } + if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_onesymtab (abfd)]->sh_link == shindex) + { + symtab_strtab: + elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr = *hdr; + elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr; + return TRUE; + } + if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd)]->sh_link == shindex) + { + dynsymtab_strtab: + elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr = *hdr; + hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr; + elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr; + /* We also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy + can handle it. */ + return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, + shindex); + } + + /* If the string table isn't one of the above, then treat it as a + regular section. We need to scan all the headers to be sure, + just in case this strtab section appeared before the above. */ + if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0) + { + unsigned int i, num_sec; + + num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd); + for (i = 1; i < num_sec; i++) + { + Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i]; + if (hdr2->sh_link == shindex) + { + /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */ + if (i == shindex) + return FALSE; + if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i)) + return FALSE; + if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == i) + goto symtab_strtab; + if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == i) + goto dynsymtab_strtab; + } + } + } + return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex); + + case SHT_REL: + case SHT_RELA: + /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */ + { + asection *target_sect; + Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2, **p_hdr; + unsigned int num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd); + struct bfd_elf_section_data *esdt; + bfd_size_type amt; + + if (hdr->sh_entsize + != (bfd_size_type) (hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL + ? bed->s->sizeof_rel : bed->s->sizeof_rela)) + return FALSE; + + /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */ + if (hdr->sh_link >= num_sec) + { + ((*_bfd_error_handler) + (_("%B: invalid link %lu for reloc section %s (index %u)"), + abfd, hdr->sh_link, name, shindex)); + return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, + shindex); + } + + /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes + libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have + bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just + reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use + them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only + one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point + to it. I hope this doesn't break anything. + + Don't do it on executable nor shared library. */ + if ((abfd->flags & (DYNAMIC | EXEC_P)) == 0 + && elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_SYMTAB + && elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_DYNSYM) + { + unsigned int scan; + int found; + + found = 0; + for (scan = 1; scan < num_sec; scan++) + { + if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB + || elf_elfsections (abfd)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM) + { + if (found != 0) + { + found = 0; + break; + } + found = scan; + } + } + if (found != 0) + hdr->sh_link = found; + } + + /* Get the symbol table. */ + if ((elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB + || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM) + && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_link)) + return FALSE; + + /* If this reloc section does not use the main symbol table we + don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't adequately + represent such a section, so at least for now, we don't + try. We just present it as a normal section. We also + can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the null + section, an invalid section, another reloc section, or its + sh_link points to the null section. */ + if (hdr->sh_link != elf_onesymtab (abfd) + || hdr->sh_link == SHN_UNDEF + || hdr->sh_info == SHN_UNDEF + || hdr->sh_info >= num_sec + || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_info]->sh_type == SHT_REL + || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_info]->sh_type == SHT_RELA) + return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, + shindex); + + if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_info)) + return FALSE; + target_sect = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, hdr->sh_info); + if (target_sect == NULL) + return FALSE; + + esdt = elf_section_data (target_sect); + if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA) + p_hdr = &esdt->rela.hdr; + else + p_hdr = &esdt->rel.hdr; + + BFD_ASSERT (*p_hdr == NULL); + amt = sizeof (*hdr2); + hdr2 = (Elf_Internal_Shdr *) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); + if (hdr2 == NULL) + return FALSE; + *hdr2 = *hdr; + *p_hdr = hdr2; + elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr2; + target_sect->reloc_count += NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr); + target_sect->flags |= SEC_RELOC; + target_sect->relocation = NULL; + target_sect->rel_filepos = hdr->sh_offset; + /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether + its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */ + if (hdr->sh_size != 0) + { + if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA) + target_sect->use_rela_p = 1; + } + abfd->flags |= HAS_RELOC; + return TRUE; + } + + case SHT_GNU_verdef: + elf_dynverdef (abfd) = shindex; + elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr = *hdr; + return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex); + + case SHT_GNU_versym: + if (hdr->sh_entsize != sizeof (Elf_External_Versym)) + return FALSE; + elf_dynversym (abfd) = shindex; + elf_tdata (abfd)->dynversym_hdr = *hdr; + return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex); + + case SHT_GNU_verneed: + elf_dynverref (abfd) = shindex; + elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_hdr = *hdr; + return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex); + + case SHT_SHLIB: + return TRUE; + + case SHT_GROUP: + if (! IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (hdr, GRP_ENTRY_SIZE)) + return FALSE; + if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex)) + return FALSE; + if (hdr->contents != NULL) + { + Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) hdr->contents; + unsigned int n_elt = hdr->sh_size / GRP_ENTRY_SIZE; + asection *s; + + if (idx->flags & GRP_COMDAT) + hdr->bfd_section->flags + |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD; + + /* We try to keep the same section order as it comes in. */ + idx += n_elt; + while (--n_elt != 0) + { + --idx; + + if (idx->shdr != NULL + && (s = idx->shdr->bfd_section) != NULL + && elf_next_in_group (s) != NULL) + { + elf_next_in_group (hdr->bfd_section) = s; + break; + } + } + } + break; + + default: + /* Possibly an attributes section. */ + if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_ATTRIBUTES + || hdr->sh_type == bed->obj_attrs_section_type) + { + if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex)) + return FALSE; + _bfd_elf_parse_attributes (abfd, hdr); + return TRUE; + } + + /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */ + if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex)) + return TRUE; + + if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOUSER && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIUSER) + { + if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0) + /* FIXME: How to properly handle allocated section reserved + for applications? */ + (*_bfd_error_handler) + (_("%B: don't know how to handle allocated, application " + "specific section `%s' [0x%8x]"), + abfd, name, hdr->sh_type); + else + /* Allow sections reserved for applications. */ + return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, + shindex); + } + else if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOPROC + && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIPROC) + /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */ + (*_bfd_error_handler) + (_("%B: don't know how to handle processor specific section " + "`%s' [0x%8x]"), + abfd, name, hdr->sh_type); + else if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOOS && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIOS) + { + /* Unrecognised OS-specific sections. */ + if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING) != 0) + /* SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING indicates that special knowledge is + required to correctly process the section and the file should + be rejected with an error message. */ + (*_bfd_error_handler) + (_("%B: don't know how to handle OS specific section " + "`%s' [0x%8x]"), + abfd, name, hdr->sh_type); + else + /* Otherwise it should be processed. */ + return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex); + } + else + /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */ + (*_bfd_error_handler) + (_("%B: don't know how to handle section `%s' [0x%8x]"), + abfd, name, hdr->sh_type); + + return FALSE; + } + + return TRUE; +} + +/* Return the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX. */ + +Elf_Internal_Sym * +bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (struct sym_cache *cache, + bfd *abfd, + unsigned long r_symndx) +{ + unsigned int ent = r_symndx % LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE; + + if (cache->abfd != abfd || cache->indx[ent] != r_symndx) + { + Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; + unsigned char esym[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym)]; + Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx; + + symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; + if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr, 1, r_symndx, + &cache->sym[ent], esym, &eshndx) == NULL) + return NULL; + + if (cache->abfd != abfd) + { + memset (cache->indx, -1, sizeof (cache->indx)); + cache->abfd = abfd; + } + cache->indx[ent] = r_symndx; + } + + return &cache->sym[ent]; +} + +/* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD + section. */ + +asection * +bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd *abfd, unsigned int sec_index) +{ + if (sec_index >= elf_numsections (abfd)) + return NULL; + return elf_elfsections (abfd)[sec_index]->bfd_section; +} + +static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_b[] = +{ + { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".bss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE }, + { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } +}; + +static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_c[] = +{ + { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".comment"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, + { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } +}; + +static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_d[] = +{ + { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE }, + { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE }, + /* There are more DWARF sections than these, but they needn't be added here + unless you have to cope with broken compilers that don't emit section + attributes or you want to help the user writing assembler. */ + { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, + { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, + { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, + { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, + { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, + { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynamic"), 0, SHT_DYNAMIC, SHF_ALLOC }, + { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynstr"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, SHF_ALLOC }, + { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynsym"), 0, SHT_DYNSYM, SHF_ALLOC }, + { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } +}; + +static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_f[] = +{ + { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR }, + { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini_array"), 0, SHT_FINI_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE }, + { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } +}; + +static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_g[] = +{ + { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.b"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE }, + { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.lto_"), -1, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_EXCLUDE }, + { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".got"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE }, + { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version"), 0, SHT_GNU_versym, 0 }, + { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_d"), 0, SHT_GNU_verdef, 0 }, + { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_r"), 0, SHT_GNU_verneed, 0 }, + { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.liblist"), 0, SHT_GNU_LIBLIST, SHF_ALLOC }, + { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.conflict"), 0, SHT_RELA, SHF_ALLOC }, + { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.hash"), 0, SHT_GNU_HASH, SHF_ALLOC }, + { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } +}; + +static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_h[] = +{ + { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".hash"), 0, SHT_HASH, SHF_ALLOC }, + { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } +}; + +static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_i[] = +{ + { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR }, + { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init_array"), 0, SHT_INIT_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE }, + { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".interp"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, + { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } +}; + +static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_l[] = +{ + { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, + { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } +}; + +static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_n[] = +{ + { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note.GNU-stack"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, + { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note"), -1, SHT_NOTE, 0 }, + { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } +}; + +static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_p[] = +{ + { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".preinit_array"), 0, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE }, + { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR }, + { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } +}; + +static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_r[] = +{ + { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC }, + { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC }, + { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rela"), -1, SHT_RELA, 0 }, + { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rel"), -1, SHT_REL, 0 }, + { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } +}; + +static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_s[] = +{ + { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".shstrtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, 0 }, + { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".strtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, 0 }, + { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".symtab"), 0, SHT_SYMTAB, 0 }, + /* See struct bfd_elf_special_section declaration for the semantics of + this special case where .prefix_length != strlen (.prefix). */ + { ".stabstr", 5, 3, SHT_STRTAB, 0 }, + { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } +}; + +static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_t[] = +{ + { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".text"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR }, + { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_TLS }, + { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_TLS }, + { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } +}; + +static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_z[] = +{ + { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, + { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, + { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, + { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, + { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } +}; + +static const struct bfd_elf_special_section * const special_sections[] = +{ + special_sections_b, /* 'b' */ + special_sections_c, /* 'c' */ + special_sections_d, /* 'd' */ + NULL, /* 'e' */ + special_sections_f, /* 'f' */ + special_sections_g, /* 'g' */ + special_sections_h, /* 'h' */ + special_sections_i, /* 'i' */ + NULL, /* 'j' */ + NULL, /* 'k' */ + special_sections_l, /* 'l' */ + NULL, /* 'm' */ + special_sections_n, /* 'n' */ + NULL, /* 'o' */ + special_sections_p, /* 'p' */ + NULL, /* 'q' */ + special_sections_r, /* 'r' */ + special_sections_s, /* 's' */ + special_sections_t, /* 't' */ + NULL, /* 'u' */ + NULL, /* 'v' */ + NULL, /* 'w' */ + NULL, /* 'x' */ + NULL, /* 'y' */ + special_sections_z /* 'z' */ +}; + +const struct bfd_elf_special_section * +_bfd_elf_get_special_section (const char *name, + const struct bfd_elf_special_section *spec, + unsigned int rela) +{ + int i; + int len; + + len = strlen (name); + + for (i = 0; spec[i].prefix != NULL; i++) + { + int suffix_len; + int prefix_len = spec[i].prefix_length; + + if (len < prefix_len) + continue; + if (memcmp (name, spec[i].prefix, prefix_len) != 0) + continue; + + suffix_len = spec[i].suffix_length; + if (suffix_len <= 0) + { + if (name[prefix_len] != 0) + { + if (suffix_len == 0) + continue; + if (name[prefix_len] != '.' + && (suffix_len == -2 + || (rela && spec[i].type == SHT_REL))) + continue; + } + } + else + { + if (len < prefix_len + suffix_len) + continue; + if (memcmp (name + len - suffix_len, + spec[i].prefix + prefix_len, + suffix_len) != 0) + continue; + } + return &spec[i]; + } + + return NULL; +} + +const struct bfd_elf_special_section * +_bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd *abfd, asection *sec) +{ + int i; + const struct bfd_elf_special_section *spec; + const struct elf_backend_data *bed; + + /* See if this is one of the special sections. */ + if (sec->name == NULL) + return NULL; + + bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); + spec = bed->special_sections; + if (spec) + { + spec = _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name, + bed->special_sections, + sec->use_rela_p); + if (spec != NULL) + return spec; + } + + if (sec->name[0] != '.') + return NULL; + + i = sec->name[1] - 'b'; + if (i < 0 || i > 'z' - 'b') + return NULL; + + spec = special_sections[i]; + + if (spec == NULL) + return NULL; + + return _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name, spec, sec->use_rela_p); +} + +bfd_boolean +_bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd *abfd, asection *sec) +{ + struct bfd_elf_section_data *sdata; + const struct elf_backend_data *bed; + const struct bfd_elf_special_section *ssect; + + sdata = (struct bfd_elf_section_data *) sec->used_by_bfd; + if (sdata == NULL) + { + sdata = (struct bfd_elf_section_data *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, + sizeof (*sdata)); + if (sdata == NULL) + return FALSE; + sec->used_by_bfd = sdata; + } + + /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */ + bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); + sec->use_rela_p = bed->default_use_rela_p; + + /* When we read a file, we don't need to set ELF section type and + flags. They will be overridden in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr + anyway. We will set ELF section type and flags for all linker + created sections. If user specifies BFD section flags, we will + set ELF section type and flags based on BFD section flags in + elf_fake_sections. Special handling for .init_array/.fini_array + output sections since they may contain .ctors/.dtors input + sections. We don't want _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data to + copy ELF section type from .ctors/.dtors input sections. */ + if (abfd->direction != read_direction + || (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0) + { + ssect = (*bed->get_sec_type_attr) (abfd, sec); + if (ssect != NULL + && (!sec->flags + || (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0 + || ssect->type == SHT_INIT_ARRAY + || ssect->type == SHT_FINI_ARRAY)) + { + elf_section_type (sec) = ssect->type; + elf_section_flags (sec) = ssect->attr; + } + } + + return _bfd_generic_new_section_hook (abfd, sec); +} + +/* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header. + + Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name + of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the + program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we + generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b. + + Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than + (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the + system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size, + but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the + file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting + of combined data+bss. + + To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections + for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by + the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified + by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split + into its initialized and uninitialized parts. + + */ + +bfd_boolean +_bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd *abfd, + Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr, + int hdr_index, + const char *type_name) +{ + asection *newsect; + char *name; + char namebuf[64]; + size_t len; + int split; + + split = ((hdr->p_memsz > 0) + && (hdr->p_filesz > 0) + && (hdr->p_memsz > hdr->p_filesz)); + + if (hdr->p_filesz > 0) + { + sprintf (namebuf, "%s%d%s", type_name, hdr_index, split ? "a" : ""); + len = strlen (namebuf) + 1; + name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len); + if (!name) + return FALSE; + memcpy (name, namebuf, len); + newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name); + if (newsect == NULL) + return FALSE; + newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr; + newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr; + newsect->size = hdr->p_filesz; + newsect->filepos = hdr->p_offset; + newsect->flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS; + newsect->alignment_power = bfd_log2 (hdr->p_align); + if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD) + { + newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC; + newsect->flags |= SEC_LOAD; + if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X) + { + /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION, + may be data. */ + newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE; + } + } + if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W)) + { + newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY; + } + } + + if (hdr->p_memsz > hdr->p_filesz) + { + bfd_vma align; + + sprintf (namebuf, "%s%d%s", type_name, hdr_index, split ? "b" : ""); + len = strlen (namebuf) + 1; + name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len); + if (!name) + return FALSE; + memcpy (name, namebuf, len); + newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name); + if (newsect == NULL) + return FALSE; + newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr + hdr->p_filesz; + newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr + hdr->p_filesz; + newsect->size = hdr->p_memsz - hdr->p_filesz; + newsect->filepos = hdr->p_offset + hdr->p_filesz; + align = newsect->vma & -newsect->vma; + if (align == 0 || align > hdr->p_align) + align = hdr->p_align; + newsect->alignment_power = bfd_log2 (align); + if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD) + { + /* Hack for gdb. Segments that have not been modified do + not have their contents written to a core file, on the + assumption that a debugger can find the contents in the + executable. We flag this case by setting the fake + section size to zero. Note that "real" bss sections will + always have their contents dumped to the core file. */ + if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core) + newsect->size = 0; + newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC; + if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X) + newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE; + } + if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W)) + newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY; + } + + return TRUE; +} + +bfd_boolean +bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr, int hdr_index) +{ + const struct elf_backend_data *bed; + + switch (hdr->p_type) + { + case PT_NULL: + return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "null"); + + case PT_LOAD: + return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "load"); + + case PT_DYNAMIC: + return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "dynamic"); + + case PT_INTERP: + return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "interp"); + + case PT_NOTE: + if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "note")) + return FALSE; + if (! elf_read_notes (abfd, hdr->p_offset, hdr->p_filesz)) + return FALSE; + return TRUE; + + case PT_SHLIB: + return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "shlib"); + + case PT_PHDR: + return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "phdr"); + + case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME: + return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, + "eh_frame_hdr"); + + case PT_GNU_STACK: + return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "stack"); + + case PT_GNU_RELRO: + return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "relro"); + + default: + /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. */ + bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); + return bed->elf_backend_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "proc"); + } +} + +/* Return the REL_HDR for SEC, assuming there is only a single one, either + REL or RELA. */ + +Elf_Internal_Shdr * +_bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (asection *sec) +{ + if (elf_section_data (sec)->rel.hdr) + { + BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (sec)->rela.hdr == NULL); + return elf_section_data (sec)->rel.hdr; + } + else + return elf_section_data (sec)->rela.hdr; +} + +/* Allocate and initialize a section-header for a new reloc section, + containing relocations against ASECT. It is stored in RELDATA. If + USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA relocations; otherwise, we use REL + relocations. */ + +static bfd_boolean +_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd *abfd, + struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data *reldata, + asection *asect, + bfd_boolean use_rela_p) +{ + Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr; + char *name; + const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); + bfd_size_type amt; + + amt = sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr); + BFD_ASSERT (reldata->hdr == NULL); + rel_hdr = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); + reldata->hdr = rel_hdr; + + amt = sizeof ".rela" + strlen (asect->name); + name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); + if (name == NULL) + return FALSE; + sprintf (name, "%s%s", use_rela_p ? ".rela" : ".rel", asect->name); + rel_hdr->sh_name = + (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd), name, + FALSE); + if (rel_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1) + return FALSE; + rel_hdr->sh_type = use_rela_p ? SHT_RELA : SHT_REL; + rel_hdr->sh_entsize = (use_rela_p + ? bed->s->sizeof_rela + : bed->s->sizeof_rel); + rel_hdr->sh_addralign = (bfd_vma) 1 << bed->s->log_file_align; + rel_hdr->sh_flags = 0; + rel_hdr->sh_addr = 0; + rel_hdr->sh_size = 0; + rel_hdr->sh_offset = 0; + + return TRUE; +} + +/* Return the default section type based on the passed in section flags. */ + +int +bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (flagword flags) +{ + if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 + && (flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) == 0) + return SHT_NOBITS; + return SHT_PROGBITS; +} + +struct fake_section_arg +{ + struct bfd_link_info *link_info; + bfd_boolean failed; +}; + +/* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */ + +static void +elf_fake_sections (bfd *abfd, asection *asect, void *fsarg) +{ + struct fake_section_arg *arg = (struct fake_section_arg *)fsarg; + const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); + struct bfd_elf_section_data *esd = elf_section_data (asect); + Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr; + unsigned int sh_type; + + if (arg->failed) + { + /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections + loop. */ + return; + } + + this_hdr = &esd->this_hdr; + + this_hdr->sh_name = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd), + asect->name, FALSE); + if (this_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1) + { + arg->failed = TRUE; + return; + } + + /* Don't clear sh_flags. Assembler may set additional bits. */ + + if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 + || asect->user_set_vma) + this_hdr->sh_addr = asect->vma; + else + this_hdr->sh_addr = 0; + + this_hdr->sh_offset = 0; + this_hdr->sh_size = asect->size; + this_hdr->sh_link = 0; + this_hdr->sh_addralign = (bfd_vma) 1 << asect->alignment_power; + /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by + copy_private_section_data. */ + + this_hdr->bfd_section = asect; + this_hdr->contents = NULL; + + /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on + asect->flags. */ + if ((asect->flags & SEC_GROUP) != 0) + sh_type = SHT_GROUP; + else + sh_type = bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (asect->flags); + + if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_NULL) + this_hdr->sh_type = sh_type; + else if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS + && sh_type == SHT_PROGBITS + && (asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) + { + /* Warn if we are changing a NOBITS section to PROGBITS, but + allow the link to proceed. This can happen when users link + non-bss input sections to bss output sections, or emit data + to a bss output section via a linker script. */ + (*_bfd_error_handler) + (_("warning: section `%A' type changed to PROGBITS"), asect); + this_hdr->sh_type = sh_type; + } + + switch (this_hdr->sh_type) + { + default: + break; + + case SHT_STRTAB: + case SHT_INIT_ARRAY: + case SHT_FINI_ARRAY: + case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY: + case SHT_NOTE: + case SHT_NOBITS: + case SHT_PROGBITS: + break; + + case SHT_HASH: + this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_hash_entry; + break; + + case SHT_DYNSYM: + this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym; + break; + + case SHT_DYNAMIC: + this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_dyn; + break; + + case SHT_RELA: + if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->may_use_rela_p) + this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rela; + break; + + case SHT_REL: + if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->may_use_rel_p) + this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rel; + break; + + case SHT_GNU_versym: + this_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Versym); + break; + + case SHT_GNU_verdef: + this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0; + /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set + cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be + zero. */ + if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0) + this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs; + else + BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs == 0 + || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs); + break; + + case SHT_GNU_verneed: + this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0; + /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set + cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be + zero. */ + if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0) + this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs; + else + BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs == 0 + || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs); + break; + + case SHT_GROUP: + this_hdr->sh_entsize = GRP_ENTRY_SIZE; + break; + + case SHT_GNU_HASH: + this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->arch_size == 64 ? 0 : 4; + break; + } + + if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) + this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC; + if ((asect->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0) + this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_WRITE; + if ((asect->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0) + this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_EXECINSTR; + if ((asect->flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0) + { + this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MERGE; + this_hdr->sh_entsize = asect->entsize; + if ((asect->flags & SEC_STRINGS) != 0) + this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_STRINGS; + } + if ((asect->flags & SEC_GROUP) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect) != NULL) + this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_GROUP; + if ((asect->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0) + { + this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_TLS; + if (asect->size == 0 + && (asect->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0) + { + struct bfd_link_order *o = asect->map_tail.link_order; + + this_hdr->sh_size = 0; + if (o != NULL) + { + this_hdr->sh_size = o->offset + o->size; + if (this_hdr->sh_size != 0) + this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOBITS; + } + } + } + if ((asect->flags & (SEC_GROUP | SEC_EXCLUDE)) == SEC_EXCLUDE) + this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_EXCLUDE; + + /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the + SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for + this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to + create the other. */ + if ((asect->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0) + { + /* When doing a relocatable link, create both REL and RELA sections if + needed. */ + if (arg->link_info + /* Do the normal setup if we wouldn't create any sections here. */ + && esd->rel.count + esd->rela.count > 0 + && (arg->link_info->relocatable || arg->link_info->emitrelocations)) + { + if (esd->rel.count && esd->rel.hdr == NULL + && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd, &esd->rel, asect, FALSE)) + { + arg->failed = TRUE; + return; + } + if (esd->rela.count && esd->rela.hdr == NULL + && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd, &esd->rela, asect, TRUE)) + { + arg->failed = TRUE; + return; + } + } + else if (!_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd, + (asect->use_rela_p + ? &esd->rela : &esd->rel), + asect, + asect->use_rela_p)) + arg->failed = TRUE; + } + + /* Check for processor-specific section types. */ + sh_type = this_hdr->sh_type; + if (bed->elf_backend_fake_sections + && !(*bed->elf_backend_fake_sections) (abfd, this_hdr, asect)) + arg->failed = TRUE; + + if (sh_type == SHT_NOBITS && asect->size != 0) + { + /* Don't change the header type from NOBITS if we are being + called for objcopy --only-keep-debug. */ + this_hdr->sh_type = sh_type; + } +} + +/* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. Called from + _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions for gas, objcopy, and + when ELF targets use the generic linker, ld. Called for ld -r + from bfd_elf_final_link. */ + +void +bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *failedptrarg) +{ + bfd_boolean *failedptr = (bfd_boolean *) failedptrarg; + asection *elt, *first; + unsigned char *loc; + bfd_boolean gas; + + /* Ignore linker created group section. See elfNN_ia64_object_p in + elfxx-ia64.c. */ + if (((sec->flags & (SEC_GROUP | SEC_LINKER_CREATED)) != SEC_GROUP) + || *failedptr) + return; + + if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info == 0) + { + unsigned long symindx = 0; + + /* elf_group_id will have been set up by objcopy and the + generic linker. */ + if (elf_group_id (sec) != NULL) + symindx = elf_group_id (sec)->udata.i; + + if (symindx == 0) + { + /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up + elf_section_syms. */ + BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_syms (abfd) != NULL); + symindx = elf_section_syms (abfd)[sec->index]->udata.i; + } + elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info = symindx; + } + else if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info == (unsigned int) -2) + { + /* The ELF backend linker sets sh_info to -2 when the group + signature symbol is global, and thus the index can't be + set until all local symbols are output. */ + asection *igroup = elf_sec_group (elf_next_in_group (sec)); + struct bfd_elf_section_data *sec_data = elf_section_data (igroup); + unsigned long symndx = sec_data->this_hdr.sh_info; + unsigned long extsymoff = 0; + struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; + + if (!elf_bad_symtab (igroup->owner)) + { + Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; + + symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (igroup->owner)->symtab_hdr; + extsymoff = symtab_hdr->sh_info; + } + h = elf_sym_hashes (igroup->owner)[symndx - extsymoff]; + while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect + || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) + h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link; + + elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info = h->indx; + } + + /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */ + gas = TRUE; + if (sec->contents == NULL) + { + gas = FALSE; + sec->contents = (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, sec->size); + + /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */ + elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = sec->contents; + if (sec->contents == NULL) + { + *failedptr = TRUE; + return; + } + } + + loc = sec->contents + sec->size; + + /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas + squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the + start of the input section group. */ + first = elt = elf_next_in_group (sec); + + /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section + indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards + just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section + directives, not that it matters. */ + while (elt != NULL) + { + asection *s; + + s = elt; + if (!gas) + s = s->output_section; + if (s != NULL + && !bfd_is_abs_section (s)) + { + unsigned int idx = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx; + + loc -= 4; + H_PUT_32 (abfd, idx, loc); + } + elt = elf_next_in_group (elt); + if (elt == first) + break; + } + + if ((loc -= 4) != sec->contents) + abort (); + + H_PUT_32 (abfd, sec->flags & SEC_LINK_ONCE ? GRP_COMDAT : 0, loc); +} + +/* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here + too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled + in here too, while we're at it. */ + +static bfd_boolean +assign_section_numbers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info) +{ + struct elf_obj_tdata *t = elf_tdata (abfd); + asection *sec; + unsigned int section_number, secn; + Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp; + struct bfd_elf_section_data *d; + bfd_boolean need_symtab; + + section_number = 1; + + _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd)); + + /* SHT_GROUP sections are in relocatable files only. */ + if (link_info == NULL || link_info->relocatable) + { + /* Put SHT_GROUP sections first. */ + for (sec = abfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next) + { + d = elf_section_data (sec); + + if (d->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_GROUP) + { + if (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) + { + /* Remove the linker created SHT_GROUP sections. */ + bfd_section_list_remove (abfd, sec); + abfd->section_count--; + } + else + d->this_idx = section_number++; + } + } + } + + for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next) + { + d = elf_section_data (sec); + + if (d->this_hdr.sh_type != SHT_GROUP) + d->this_idx = section_number++; + _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->this_hdr.sh_name); + if (d->rel.hdr) + { + d->rel.idx = section_number++; + _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->rel.hdr->sh_name); + } + else + d->rel.idx = 0; + + if (d->rela.hdr) + { + d->rela.idx = section_number++; + _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->rela.hdr->sh_name); + } + else + d->rela.idx = 0; + } + + elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd) = section_number++; + _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name); + elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx = elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd); + + need_symtab = (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0 + || (link_info == NULL + && ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC | HAS_RELOC)) + == HAS_RELOC))); + if (need_symtab) + { + elf_onesymtab (abfd) = section_number++; + _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->symtab_hdr.sh_name); + if (section_number > ((SHN_LORESERVE - 2) & 0xFFFF)) + { + elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) = section_number++; + t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_name + = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd), + ".symtab_shndx", FALSE); + if (t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1) + return FALSE; + } + elf_strtab_sec (abfd) = section_number++; + _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->strtab_hdr.sh_name); + } + + if (section_number >= SHN_LORESERVE) + { + _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: too many sections: %u"), + abfd, section_number); + return FALSE; + } + + _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd)); + t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_size = _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd)); + + elf_numsections (abfd) = section_number; + elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum = section_number; + + /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the + indices. */ + i_shdrp = (Elf_Internal_Shdr **) bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, section_number, + sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *)); + if (i_shdrp == NULL) + return FALSE; + + i_shdrp[0] = (Elf_Internal_Shdr *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, + sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr)); + if (i_shdrp[0] == NULL) + { + bfd_release (abfd, i_shdrp); + return FALSE; + } + + elf_elfsections (abfd) = i_shdrp; + + i_shdrp[elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd)] = &t->shstrtab_hdr; + if (need_symtab) + { + i_shdrp[elf_onesymtab (abfd)] = &t->symtab_hdr; + if (elf_numsections (abfd) > (SHN_LORESERVE & 0xFFFF)) + { + i_shdrp[elf_symtab_shndx (abfd)] = &t->symtab_shndx_hdr; + t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_link = elf_onesymtab (abfd); + } + i_shdrp[elf_strtab_sec (abfd)] = &t->strtab_hdr; + t->symtab_hdr.sh_link = elf_strtab_sec (abfd); + } + + for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next) + { + asection *s; + const char *name; + + d = elf_section_data (sec); + + i_shdrp[d->this_idx] = &d->this_hdr; + if (d->rel.idx != 0) + i_shdrp[d->rel.idx] = d->rel.hdr; + if (d->rela.idx != 0) + i_shdrp[d->rela.idx] = d->rela.hdr; + + /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */ + + /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol + table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which + the relocation entries apply. */ + if (d->rel.idx != 0) + { + d->rel.hdr->sh_link = elf_onesymtab (abfd); + d->rel.hdr->sh_info = d->this_idx; + } + if (d->rela.idx != 0) + { + d->rela.hdr->sh_link = elf_onesymtab (abfd); + d->rela.hdr->sh_info = d->this_idx; + } + + /* We need to set up sh_link for SHF_LINK_ORDER. */ + if ((d->this_hdr.sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0) + { + s = elf_linked_to_section (sec); + if (s) + { + /* elf_linked_to_section points to the input section. */ + if (link_info != NULL) + { + /* Check discarded linkonce section. */ + if (discarded_section (s)) + { + asection *kept; + (*_bfd_error_handler) + (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to discarded section `%A' of `%B'"), + abfd, d->this_hdr.bfd_section, + s, s->owner); + /* Point to the kept section if it has the same + size as the discarded one. */ + kept = _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (s, link_info); + if (kept == NULL) + { + bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); + return FALSE; + } + s = kept; + } + + s = s->output_section; + BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); + } + else + { + /* Handle objcopy. */ + if (s->output_section == NULL) + { + (*_bfd_error_handler) + (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to removed section `%A' of `%B'"), + abfd, d->this_hdr.bfd_section, s, s->owner); + bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); + return FALSE; + } + s = s->output_section; + } + d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx; + } + else + { + /* PR 290: + The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with + SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or + sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation + where s is NULL. */ + const struct elf_backend_data *bed + = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); + if (bed->link_order_error_handler) + bed->link_order_error_handler + (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"), + abfd, sec); + } + } + + switch (d->this_hdr.sh_type) + { + case SHT_REL: + case SHT_RELA: + /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD + section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol + table. sh_info is the section index of the section to + which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an + allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table. + FIXME: How can we be sure? */ + s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym"); + if (s != NULL) + d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx; + + /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */ + name = sec->name; + if (d->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL) + name += 4; + else + name += 5; + s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name); + if (s != NULL) + d->this_hdr.sh_info = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx; + break; + + case SHT_STRTAB: + /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs + string section. We look for a section with the same name + but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link + field to point to this section. */ + if (CONST_STRNEQ (sec->name, ".stab") + && strcmp (sec->name + strlen (sec->name) - 3, "str") == 0) + { + size_t len; + char *alc; + + len = strlen (sec->name); + alc = (char *) bfd_malloc (len - 2); + if (alc == NULL) + return FALSE; + memcpy (alc, sec->name, len - 3); + alc[len - 3] = '\0'; + s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, alc); + free (alc); + if (s != NULL) + { + elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link = d->this_idx; + + /* This is a .stab section. */ + if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize == 0) + elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize + = 4 + 2 * bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 8; + } + } + break; + + case SHT_DYNAMIC: + case SHT_DYNSYM: + case SHT_GNU_verneed: + case SHT_GNU_verdef: + /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table + used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the + version strings. */ + s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr"); + if (s != NULL) + d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx; + break; + + case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST: + /* sh_link is the section header index of the prelink library + list used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or + the version strings. */ + s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) + ? ".dynstr" : ".gnu.libstr"); + if (s != NULL) + d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx; + break; + + case SHT_HASH: + case SHT_GNU_HASH: + case SHT_GNU_versym: + /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table + this hash table or version table is for. */ + s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym"); + if (s != NULL) + d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx; + break; + + case SHT_GROUP: + d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_onesymtab (abfd); + } + } + + for (secn = 1; secn < section_number; ++secn) + if (i_shdrp[secn] == NULL) + i_shdrp[secn] = i_shdrp[0]; + else + i_shdrp[secn]->sh_name = _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd), + i_shdrp[secn]->sh_name); + return TRUE; +} + +static bfd_boolean +sym_is_global (bfd *abfd, asymbol *sym) +{ + /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */ + const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); + if (bed->elf_backend_sym_is_global) + return (*bed->elf_backend_sym_is_global) (abfd, sym); + + return ((sym->flags & (BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_WEAK | BSF_GNU_UNIQUE)) != 0 + || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym)) + || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (sym))); +} + +/* Don't output section symbols for sections that are not going to be + output, that are duplicates or there is no BFD section. */ + +static bfd_boolean +ignore_section_sym (bfd *abfd, asymbol *sym) +{ + elf_symbol_type *type_ptr; + + if ((sym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0) + return FALSE; + + type_ptr = elf_symbol_from (abfd, sym); + return ((type_ptr != NULL + && type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0 + && bfd_is_abs_section (sym->section)) + || !(sym->section->owner == abfd + || (sym->section->output_section->owner == abfd + && sym->section->output_offset == 0) + || bfd_is_abs_section (sym->section))); +} + +/* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving + all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */ + +static bfd_boolean +elf_map_symbols (bfd *abfd, unsigned int *pnum_locals) +{ + unsigned int symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd); + asymbol **syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd); + asymbol **sect_syms; + unsigned int num_locals = 0; + unsigned int num_globals = 0; + unsigned int num_locals2 = 0; + unsigned int num_globals2 = 0; + int max_index = 0; + unsigned int idx; + asection *asect; + asymbol **new_syms; + +#ifdef DEBUG + fprintf (stderr, "elf_map_symbols\n"); + fflush (stderr); +#endif + + for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next) + { + if (max_index < asect->index) + max_index = asect->index; + } + + max_index++; + sect_syms = (asymbol **) bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, max_index, sizeof (asymbol *)); + if (sect_syms == NULL) + return FALSE; + elf_section_syms (abfd) = sect_syms; + elf_num_section_syms (abfd) = max_index; + + /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already + decided to output. */ + for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++) + { + asymbol *sym = syms[idx]; + + if ((sym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0 + && sym->value == 0 + && !ignore_section_sym (abfd, sym) + && !bfd_is_abs_section (sym->section)) + { + asection *sec = sym->section; + + if (sec->owner != abfd) + sec = sec->output_section; + + sect_syms[sec->index] = syms[idx]; + } + } + + /* Classify all of the symbols. */ + for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++) + { + if (sym_is_global (abfd, syms[idx])) + num_globals++; + else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd, syms[idx])) + num_locals++; + } + + /* We will be adding a section symbol for each normal BFD section. Most + sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but + eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped + at least in that case. */ + for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next) + { + if (sect_syms[asect->index] == NULL) + { + if (!sym_is_global (abfd, asect->symbol)) + num_locals++; + else + num_globals++; + } + } + + /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */ + new_syms = (asymbol **) bfd_alloc2 (abfd, num_locals + num_globals, + sizeof (asymbol *)); + + if (new_syms == NULL) + return FALSE; + + for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++) + { + asymbol *sym = syms[idx]; + unsigned int i; + + if (sym_is_global (abfd, sym)) + i = num_locals + num_globals2++; + else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd, sym)) + i = num_locals2++; + else + continue; + new_syms[i] = sym; + sym->udata.i = i + 1; + } + for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next) + { + if (sect_syms[asect->index] == NULL) + { + asymbol *sym = asect->symbol; + unsigned int i; + + sect_syms[asect->index] = sym; + if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sym)) + i = num_locals2++; + else + i = num_locals + num_globals2++; + new_syms[i] = sym; + sym->udata.i = i + 1; + } + } + + bfd_set_symtab (abfd, new_syms, num_locals + num_globals); + + *pnum_locals = num_locals; + return TRUE; +} + +/* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any + ELF data structure. */ + +static inline file_ptr +align_file_position (file_ptr off, int align) +{ + return (off + align - 1) & ~(align - 1); +} + +/* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the + required section alignment. */ + +file_ptr +_bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr *i_shdrp, + file_ptr offset, + bfd_boolean align) +{ + if (align && i_shdrp->sh_addralign > 1) + offset = BFD_ALIGN (offset, i_shdrp->sh_addralign); + i_shdrp->sh_offset = offset; + if (i_shdrp->bfd_section != NULL) + i_shdrp->bfd_section->filepos = offset; + if (i_shdrp->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS) + offset += i_shdrp->sh_size; + return offset; +} + +/* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and + otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO + is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */ + +bfd_boolean +_bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd *abfd, + struct bfd_link_info *link_info) +{ + const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); + struct fake_section_arg fsargs; + bfd_boolean failed; + struct bfd_strtab_hash *strtab = NULL; + Elf_Internal_Shdr *shstrtab_hdr; + bfd_boolean need_symtab; + + if (abfd->output_has_begun) + return TRUE; + + /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */ + if (bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing) + (*bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing) (abfd, link_info); + + if (! prep_headers (abfd)) + return FALSE; + + /* Post process the headers if necessary. */ + if (bed->elf_backend_post_process_headers) + (*bed->elf_backend_post_process_headers) (abfd, link_info); + + fsargs.failed = FALSE; + fsargs.link_info = link_info; + bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, elf_fake_sections, &fsargs); + if (fsargs.failed) + return FALSE; + + if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd, link_info)) + return FALSE; + + /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */ + need_symtab = (link_info == NULL + && (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0 + || ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC | HAS_RELOC)) + == HAS_RELOC))); + if (need_symtab) + { + /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */ + int relocatable_p = ! (abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC)); + + if (! swap_out_syms (abfd, &strtab, relocatable_p)) + return FALSE; + } + + failed = FALSE; + if (link_info == NULL) + { + bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bfd_elf_set_group_contents, &failed); + if (failed) + return FALSE; + } + + shstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr; + /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */ + shstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB; + shstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0; + shstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0; + shstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd)); + shstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0; + shstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0; + shstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0; + /* sh_offset is set in assign_file_positions_except_relocs. */ + shstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1; + + if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd, link_info)) + return FALSE; + + if (need_symtab) + { + file_ptr off; + Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; + + off = elf_next_file_pos (abfd); + + hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; + off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE); + + hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr; + if (hdr->sh_size != 0) + off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE); + + hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr; + off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE); + + elf_next_file_pos (abfd) = off; + + /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it + out. */ + if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 + || ! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd, strtab)) + return FALSE; + _bfd_stringtab_free (strtab); + } + + abfd->output_has_begun = TRUE; + + return TRUE; +} + +/* Make an initial estimate of the size of the program header. If we + get the number wrong here, we'll redo section placement. */ + +static bfd_size_type +get_program_header_size (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) +{ + size_t segs; + asection *s; + const struct elf_backend_data *bed; + + /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text + and one for data. */ + segs = 2; + + s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp"); + if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) + { + /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a + PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a + PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all + targets. */ + segs += 2; + } + + if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL) + { + /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */ + ++segs; + } + + if (info != NULL && info->relro) + { + /* We need a PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */ + ++segs; + } + + if (elf_eh_frame_hdr (abfd)) + { + /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */ + ++segs; + } + + if (elf_stack_flags (abfd)) + { + /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */ + ++segs; + } + + for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) + { + if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0 + && CONST_STRNEQ (s->name, ".note")) + { + /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */ + ++segs; + /* Try to create just one PT_NOTE segment + for all adjacent loadable .note* sections. + gABI requires that within a PT_NOTE segment + (and also inside of each SHT_NOTE section) + each note is padded to a multiple of 4 size, + so we check whether the sections are correctly + aligned. */ + if (s->alignment_power == 2) + while (s->next != NULL + && s->next->alignment_power == 2 + && (s->next->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0 + && CONST_STRNEQ (s->next->name, ".note")) + s = s->next; + } + } + + for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) + { + if (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) + { + /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */ + ++segs; + break; + } + } + + /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */ + bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); + if (bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers) + { + int a; + + a = (*bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers) (abfd, info); + if (a == -1) + abort (); + segs += a; + } + + return segs * bed->s->sizeof_phdr; +} + +/* Find the segment that contains the output_section of section. */ + +Elf_Internal_Phdr * +_bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (bfd * abfd, asection * section) +{ + struct elf_segment_map *m; + Elf_Internal_Phdr *p; + + for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd), p = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr; + m != NULL; + m = m->next, p++) + { + int i; + + for (i = m->count - 1; i >= 0; i--) + if (m->sections[i] == section) + return p; + } + + return NULL; +} + +/* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */ + +static struct elf_segment_map * +make_mapping (bfd *abfd, + asection **sections, + unsigned int from, + unsigned int to, + bfd_boolean phdr) +{ + struct elf_segment_map *m; + unsigned int i; + asection **hdrpp; + bfd_size_type amt; + + amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); + amt += (to - from - 1) * sizeof (asection *); + m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); + if (m == NULL) + return NULL; + m->next = NULL; + m->p_type = PT_LOAD; + for (i = from, hdrpp = sections + from; i < to; i++, hdrpp++) + m->sections[i - from] = *hdrpp; + m->count = to - from; + + if (from == 0 && phdr) + { + /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */ + m->includes_filehdr = 1; + m->includes_phdrs = 1; + } + + return m; +} + +/* Create the PT_DYNAMIC segment, which includes DYNSEC. Returns NULL + on failure. */ + +struct elf_segment_map * +_bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (bfd *abfd, asection *dynsec) +{ + struct elf_segment_map *m; + + m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, + sizeof (struct elf_segment_map)); + if (m == NULL) + return NULL; + m->next = NULL; + m->p_type = PT_DYNAMIC; + m->count = 1; + m->sections[0] = dynsec; + + return m; +} + +/* Possibly add or remove segments from the segment map. */ + +static bfd_boolean +elf_modify_segment_map (bfd *abfd, + struct bfd_link_info *info, + bfd_boolean remove_empty_load) +{ + struct elf_segment_map **m; + const struct elf_backend_data *bed; + + /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are + not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such + sections from the segment map. We also remove excluded + sections. Finally, any PT_LOAD segment without sections is + removed. */ + m = &elf_seg_map (abfd); + while (*m) + { + unsigned int i, new_count; + + for (new_count = 0, i = 0; i < (*m)->count; i++) + { + if (((*m)->sections[i]->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0 + && (((*m)->sections[i]->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 + || (*m)->p_type != PT_LOAD)) + { + (*m)->sections[new_count] = (*m)->sections[i]; + new_count++; + } + } + (*m)->count = new_count; + + if (remove_empty_load && (*m)->p_type == PT_LOAD && (*m)->count == 0) + *m = (*m)->next; + else + m = &(*m)->next; + } + + bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); + if (bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map != NULL) + { + if (!(*bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map) (abfd, info)) + return FALSE; + } + + return TRUE; +} + +/* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */ + +bfd_boolean +_bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) +{ + unsigned int count; + struct elf_segment_map *m; + asection **sections = NULL; + const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); + bfd_boolean no_user_phdrs; + + no_user_phdrs = elf_seg_map (abfd) == NULL; + + if (info != NULL) + info->user_phdrs = !no_user_phdrs; + + if (no_user_phdrs && bfd_count_sections (abfd) != 0) + { + asection *s; + unsigned int i; + struct elf_segment_map *mfirst; + struct elf_segment_map **pm; + asection *last_hdr; + bfd_vma last_size; + unsigned int phdr_index; + bfd_vma maxpagesize; + asection **hdrpp; + bfd_boolean phdr_in_segment = TRUE; + bfd_boolean writable; + int tls_count = 0; + asection *first_tls = NULL; + asection *dynsec, *eh_frame_hdr; + bfd_size_type amt; + bfd_vma addr_mask, wrap_to = 0; + + /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */ + + sections = (asection **) bfd_malloc2 (bfd_count_sections (abfd), + sizeof (asection *)); + if (sections == NULL) + goto error_return; + + /* Calculate top address, avoiding undefined behaviour of shift + left operator when shift count is equal to size of type + being shifted. */ + addr_mask = ((bfd_vma) 1 << (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (abfd) - 1)) - 1; + addr_mask = (addr_mask << 1) + 1; + + i = 0; + for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) + { + if ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) + { + sections[i] = s; + ++i; + /* A wrapping section potentially clashes with header. */ + if (((s->lma + s->size) & addr_mask) < (s->lma & addr_mask)) + wrap_to = (s->lma + s->size) & addr_mask; + } + } + BFD_ASSERT (i <= bfd_count_sections (abfd)); + count = i; + + qsort (sections, (size_t) count, sizeof (asection *), elf_sort_sections); + + /* Build the mapping. */ + + mfirst = NULL; + pm = &mfirst; + + /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for + the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp + section. */ + s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp"); + if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) + { + amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); + m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); + if (m == NULL) + goto error_return; + m->next = NULL; + m->p_type = PT_PHDR; + /* FIXME: UnixWare and Solaris set PF_X, Irix 5 does not. */ + m->p_flags = PF_R | PF_X; + m->p_flags_valid = 1; + m->includes_phdrs = 1; + + *pm = m; + pm = &m->next; + + amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); + m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); + if (m == NULL) + goto error_return; + m->next = NULL; + m->p_type = PT_INTERP; + m->count = 1; + m->sections[0] = s; + + *pm = m; + pm = &m->next; + } + + /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program + segment when the start of the second section can be placed within + a few bytes of the end of the first section. */ + last_hdr = NULL; + last_size = 0; + phdr_index = 0; + maxpagesize = bed->maxpagesize; + writable = FALSE; + dynsec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic"); + if (dynsec != NULL + && (dynsec->flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0) + dynsec = NULL; + + /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section + is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an + approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many + program headers we will need. */ + if (count > 0) + { + bfd_size_type phdr_size = elf_program_header_size (abfd); + + if (phdr_size == (bfd_size_type) -1) + phdr_size = get_program_header_size (abfd, info); + phdr_size += bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; + if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0 + || (sections[0]->lma & addr_mask) < phdr_size + || ((sections[0]->lma & addr_mask) % maxpagesize + < phdr_size % maxpagesize) + || (sections[0]->lma & addr_mask & -maxpagesize) < wrap_to) + phdr_in_segment = FALSE; + } + + for (i = 0, hdrpp = sections; i < count; i++, hdrpp++) + { + asection *hdr; + bfd_boolean new_segment; + + hdr = *hdrpp; + + /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same + segment. */ + + if (last_hdr == NULL) + { + /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new + one (we build the last one after this loop). */ + new_segment = FALSE; + } + else if (last_hdr->lma - last_hdr->vma != hdr->lma - hdr->vma) + { + /* If this section has a different relation between the + virtual address and the load address, then we need a new + segment. */ + new_segment = TRUE; + } + else if (hdr->lma < last_hdr->lma + last_size + || last_hdr->lma + last_size < last_hdr->lma) + { + /* If this section has a load address that makes it overlap + the previous section, then we need a new segment. */ + new_segment = TRUE; + } + /* In the next test we have to be careful when last_hdr->lma is close + to the end of the address space. If the aligned address wraps + around to the start of the address space, then there are no more + pages left in memory and it is OK to assume that the current + section can be included in the current segment. */ + else if ((BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr->lma + last_size, maxpagesize) + maxpagesize + > last_hdr->lma) + && (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr->lma + last_size, maxpagesize) + maxpagesize + <= hdr->lma)) + { + /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to + skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */ + new_segment = TRUE; + } + else if ((last_hdr->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0 + && (hdr->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) != 0) + { + /* We don't want to put a loadable section after a + nonloadable section in the same segment. + Consider .tbss sections as loadable for this purpose. */ + new_segment = TRUE; + } + else if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0) + { + /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we + don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the + file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */ + new_segment = FALSE; + } + else if (! writable + && (hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0 + && (((last_hdr->lma + last_size - 1) & -maxpagesize) + != (hdr->lma & -maxpagesize))) + { + /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only + segment, unless they are on the same page in memory + anyhow. We already know that the last section does not + bring us past the current section on the page, so the + only case in which the new section is not on the same + page as the previous section is when the previous section + ends precisely on a page boundary. */ + new_segment = TRUE; + } + else + { + /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */ + new_segment = FALSE; + } + + /* Allow interested parties a chance to override our decision. */ + if (last_hdr != NULL + && info != NULL + && info->callbacks->override_segment_assignment != NULL) + new_segment + = info->callbacks->override_segment_assignment (info, abfd, hdr, + last_hdr, + new_segment); + + if (! new_segment) + { + if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0) + writable = TRUE; + last_hdr = hdr; + /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */ + if ((hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD)) + != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) + last_size = hdr->size; + else + last_size = 0; + continue; + } + + /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program + header holding all the sections from phdr_index until hdr. */ + + m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment); + if (m == NULL) + goto error_return; + + *pm = m; + pm = &m->next; + + if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0) + writable = TRUE; + else + writable = FALSE; + + last_hdr = hdr; + /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */ + if ((hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD)) != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) + last_size = hdr->size; + else + last_size = 0; + phdr_index = i; + phdr_in_segment = FALSE; + } + + /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment, but not if it's just + for .tbss. */ + if (last_hdr != NULL + && (i - phdr_index != 1 + || ((last_hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD)) + != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL))) + { + m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment); + if (m == NULL) + goto error_return; + + *pm = m; + pm = &m->next; + } + + /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */ + if (dynsec != NULL) + { + m = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (abfd, dynsec); + if (m == NULL) + goto error_return; + *pm = m; + pm = &m->next; + } + + /* For each batch of consecutive loadable .note sections, + add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't use bfd_get_section_by_name, + because if we link together nonloadable .note sections and + loadable .note sections, we will generate two .note sections + in the output file. FIXME: Using names for section types is + bogus anyhow. */ + for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) + { + if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0 + && CONST_STRNEQ (s->name, ".note")) + { + asection *s2; + + count = 1; + amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); + if (s->alignment_power == 2) + for (s2 = s; s2->next != NULL; s2 = s2->next) + { + if (s2->next->alignment_power == 2 + && (s2->next->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0 + && CONST_STRNEQ (s2->next->name, ".note") + && align_power (s2->lma + s2->size, 2) + == s2->next->lma) + count++; + else + break; + } + amt += (count - 1) * sizeof (asection *); + m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); + if (m == NULL) + goto error_return; + m->next = NULL; + m->p_type = PT_NOTE; + m->count = count; + while (count > 1) + { + m->sections[m->count - count--] = s; + BFD_ASSERT ((s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0); + s = s->next; + } + m->sections[m->count - 1] = s; + BFD_ASSERT ((s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0); + *pm = m; + pm = &m->next; + } + if (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) + { + if (! tls_count) + first_tls = s; + tls_count++; + } + } + + /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */ + if (tls_count > 0) + { + amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); + amt += (tls_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *); + m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); + if (m == NULL) + goto error_return; + m->next = NULL; + m->p_type = PT_TLS; + m->count = tls_count; + /* Mandated PF_R. */ + m->p_flags = PF_R; + m->p_flags_valid = 1; + for (i = 0; i < (unsigned int) tls_count; ++i) + { + BFD_ASSERT (first_tls->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL); + m->sections[i] = first_tls; + first_tls = first_tls->next; + } + + *pm = m; + pm = &m->next; + } + + /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME + segment. */ + eh_frame_hdr = elf_eh_frame_hdr (abfd); + if (eh_frame_hdr != NULL + && (eh_frame_hdr->output_section->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) + { + amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); + m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); + if (m == NULL) + goto error_return; + m->next = NULL; + m->p_type = PT_GNU_EH_FRAME; + m->count = 1; + m->sections[0] = eh_frame_hdr->output_section; + + *pm = m; + pm = &m->next; + } + + if (elf_stack_flags (abfd)) + { + amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); + m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); + if (m == NULL) + goto error_return; + m->next = NULL; + m->p_type = PT_GNU_STACK; + m->p_flags = elf_stack_flags (abfd); + m->p_align = bed->stack_align; + m->p_flags_valid = 1; + m->p_align_valid = m->p_align != 0; + if (info->stacksize > 0) + { + m->p_size = info->stacksize; + m->p_size_valid = 1; + } + + *pm = m; + pm = &m->next; + } + + if (info != NULL && info->relro) + { + for (m = mfirst; m != NULL; m = m->next) + { + if (m->p_type == PT_LOAD + && m->count != 0 + && m->sections[0]->vma >= info->relro_start + && m->sections[0]->vma < info->relro_end) + { + i = m->count; + while (--i != (unsigned) -1) + if ((m->sections[i]->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) + == (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) + break; + + if (i == (unsigned) -1) + continue; + + if (m->sections[i]->vma + m->sections[i]->size + >= info->relro_end) + break; + } + } + + /* Make a PT_GNU_RELRO segment only when it isn't empty. */ + if (m != NULL) + { + amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); + m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); + if (m == NULL) + goto error_return; + m->next = NULL; + m->p_type = PT_GNU_RELRO; + m->p_flags = PF_R; + m->p_flags_valid = 1; + + *pm = m; + pm = &m->next; + } + } + + free (sections); + elf_seg_map (abfd) = mfirst; + } + + if (!elf_modify_segment_map (abfd, info, no_user_phdrs)) + return FALSE; + + for (count = 0, m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next) + ++count; + elf_program_header_size (abfd) = count * bed->s->sizeof_phdr; + + return TRUE; + + error_return: + if (sections != NULL) + free (sections); + return FALSE; +} + +/* Sort sections by address. */ + +static int +elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1, const void *arg2) +{ + const asection *sec1 = *(const asection **) arg1; + const asection *sec2 = *(const asection **) arg2; + bfd_size_type size1, size2; + + /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to + place the section into a segment. */ + if (sec1->lma < sec2->lma) + return -1; + else if (sec1->lma > sec2->lma) + return 1; + + /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be + the same, and this will do nothing. */ + if (sec1->vma < sec2->vma) + return -1; + else if (sec1->vma > sec2->vma) + return 1; + + /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */ + +#define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0) + + if (TOEND (sec1)) + { + if (TOEND (sec2)) + { + /* If the indicies are the same, do not return 0 + here, but continue to try the next comparison. */ + if (sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index != 0) + return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index; + } + else + return 1; + } + else if (TOEND (sec2)) + return -1; + +#undef TOEND + + /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections + before others at the same address. */ + + size1 = (sec1->flags & SEC_LOAD) ? sec1->size : 0; + size2 = (sec2->flags & SEC_LOAD) ? sec2->size : 0; + + if (size1 < size2) + return -1; + if (size1 > size2) + return 1; + + return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index; +} + +/* Ian Lance Taylor writes: + + We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just + not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not + negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types + are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a + larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long, + which is wrong. + + What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by + the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo + the page size.'' */ +/* In other words, something like: + + vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize; + off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize; + if (vma_offset < off_offset) + adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset; + else + adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset; + + which can can be collapsed into the expression below. */ + +static file_ptr +vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma, ufile_ptr off, bfd_vma maxpagesize) +{ + return ((vma - off) % maxpagesize); +} + +static void +print_segment_map (const struct elf_segment_map *m) +{ + unsigned int j; + const char *pt = get_segment_type (m->p_type); + char buf[32]; + + if (pt == NULL) + { + if (m->p_type >= PT_LOPROC && m->p_type <= PT_HIPROC) + sprintf (buf, "LOPROC+%7.7x", + (unsigned int) (m->p_type - PT_LOPROC)); + else if (m->p_type >= PT_LOOS && m->p_type <= PT_HIOS) + sprintf (buf, "LOOS+%7.7x", + (unsigned int) (m->p_type - PT_LOOS)); + else + snprintf (buf, sizeof (buf), "%8.8x", + (unsigned int) m->p_type); + pt = buf; + } + fflush (stdout); + fprintf (stderr, "%s:", pt); + for (j = 0; j < m->count; j++) + fprintf (stderr, " %s", m->sections [j]->name); + putc ('\n',stderr); + fflush (stderr); +} + +static bfd_boolean +write_zeros (bfd *abfd, file_ptr pos, bfd_size_type len) +{ + void *buf; + bfd_boolean ret; + + if (bfd_seek (abfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0) + return FALSE; + buf = bfd_zmalloc (len); + if (buf == NULL) + return FALSE; + ret = bfd_bwrite (buf, len, abfd) == len; + free (buf); + return ret; +} + +/* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from + sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in + the file header. */ + +static bfd_boolean +assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (bfd *abfd, + struct bfd_link_info *link_info) +{ + const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); + struct elf_segment_map *m; + Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdrs; + Elf_Internal_Phdr *p; + file_ptr off; + bfd_size_type maxpagesize; + unsigned int alloc; + unsigned int i, j; + bfd_vma header_pad = 0; + + if (link_info == NULL + && !_bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (abfd, link_info)) + return FALSE; + + alloc = 0; + for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next) + { + ++alloc; + if (m->header_size) + header_pad = m->header_size; + } + + if (alloc) + { + elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phoff = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; + elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phentsize = bed->s->sizeof_phdr; + } + else + { + /* PR binutils/12467. */ + elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phoff = 0; + elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phentsize = 0; + } + + elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum = alloc; + + if (elf_program_header_size (abfd) == (bfd_size_type) -1) + elf_program_header_size (abfd) = alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr; + else + BFD_ASSERT (elf_program_header_size (abfd) + >= alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr); + + if (alloc == 0) + { + elf_next_file_pos (abfd) = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; + return TRUE; + } + + /* We're writing the size in elf_program_header_size (abfd), + see assign_file_positions_except_relocs, so make sure we have + that amount allocated, with trailing space cleared. + The variable alloc contains the computed need, while + elf_program_header_size (abfd) contains the size used for the + layout. + See ld/emultempl/elf-generic.em:gld${EMULATION_NAME}_map_segments + where the layout is forced to according to a larger size in the + last iterations for the testcase ld-elf/header. */ + BFD_ASSERT (elf_program_header_size (abfd) % bed->s->sizeof_phdr + == 0); + phdrs = (Elf_Internal_Phdr *) + bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, + (elf_program_header_size (abfd) / bed->s->sizeof_phdr), + sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr)); + elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr = phdrs; + if (phdrs == NULL) + return FALSE; + + maxpagesize = 1; + if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0) + maxpagesize = bed->maxpagesize; + + off = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; + off += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr; + if (header_pad < (bfd_vma) off) + header_pad = 0; + else + header_pad -= off; + off += header_pad; + + for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd), p = phdrs, j = 0; + m != NULL; + m = m->next, p++, j++) + { + asection **secpp; + bfd_vma off_adjust; + bfd_boolean no_contents; + + /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the + sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should + not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may + contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd. + Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */ + if (m->count > 1 + && !(elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_type == ET_CORE + && m->p_type == PT_NOTE)) + qsort (m->sections, (size_t) m->count, sizeof (asection *), + elf_sort_sections); + + /* An ELF segment (described by Elf_Internal_Phdr) may contain a + number of sections with contents contributing to both p_filesz + and p_memsz, followed by a number of sections with no contents + that just contribute to p_memsz. In this loop, OFF tracks next + available file offset for PT_LOAD and PT_NOTE segments. */ + p->p_type = m->p_type; + p->p_flags = m->p_flags; + + if (m->count == 0) + p->p_vaddr = 0; + else + p->p_vaddr = m->sections[0]->vma - m->p_vaddr_offset; + + if (m->p_paddr_valid) + p->p_paddr = m->p_paddr; + else if (m->count == 0) + p->p_paddr = 0; + else + p->p_paddr = m->sections[0]->lma - m->p_vaddr_offset; + + if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD + && (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0) + { + /* p_align in demand paged PT_LOAD segments effectively stores + the maximum page size. When copying an executable with + objcopy, we set m->p_align from the input file. Use this + value for maxpagesize rather than bed->maxpagesize, which + may be different. Note that we use maxpagesize for PT_TLS + segment alignment later in this function, so we are relying + on at least one PT_LOAD segment appearing before a PT_TLS + segment. */ + if (m->p_align_valid) + maxpagesize = m->p_align; + + p->p_align = maxpagesize; + } + else if (m->p_align_valid) + p->p_align = m->p_align; + else if (m->count == 0) + p->p_align = 1 << bed->s->log_file_align; + else + p->p_align = 0; + + no_contents = FALSE; + off_adjust = 0; + if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD + && m->count > 0) + { + bfd_size_type align; + unsigned int align_power = 0; + + if (m->p_align_valid) + align = p->p_align; + else + { + for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++) + { + unsigned int secalign; + + secalign = bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, *secpp); + if (secalign > align_power) + align_power = secalign; + } + align = (bfd_size_type) 1 << align_power; + if (align < maxpagesize) + align = maxpagesize; + } + + for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++) + if ((m->sections[i]->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) == 0) + /* If we aren't making room for this section, then + it must be SHT_NOBITS regardless of what we've + set via struct bfd_elf_special_section. */ + elf_section_type (m->sections[i]) = SHT_NOBITS; + + /* Find out whether this segment contains any loadable + sections. */ + no_contents = TRUE; + for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++) + if (elf_section_type (m->sections[i]) != SHT_NOBITS) + { + no_contents = FALSE; + break; + } + + off_adjust = vma_page_aligned_bias (p->p_vaddr, off, align); + off += off_adjust; + if (no_contents) + { + /* We shouldn't need to align the segment on disk since + the segment doesn't need file space, but the gABI + arguably requires the alignment and glibc ld.so + checks it. So to comply with the alignment + requirement but not waste file space, we adjust + p_offset for just this segment. (OFF_ADJUST is + subtracted from OFF later.) This may put p_offset + past the end of file, but that shouldn't matter. */ + } + else + off_adjust = 0; + } + /* Make sure the .dynamic section is the first section in the + PT_DYNAMIC segment. */ + else if (p->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC + && m->count > 1 + && strcmp (m->sections[0]->name, ".dynamic") != 0) + { + _bfd_error_handler + (_("%B: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment is not the .dynamic section"), + abfd); + bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); + return FALSE; + } + /* Set the note section type to SHT_NOTE. */ + else if (p->p_type == PT_NOTE) + for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++) + elf_section_type (m->sections[i]) = SHT_NOTE; + + p->p_offset = 0; + p->p_filesz = 0; + p->p_memsz = 0; + + if (m->includes_filehdr) + { + if (!m->p_flags_valid) + p->p_flags |= PF_R; + p->p_filesz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; + p->p_memsz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; + if (m->count > 0) + { + if (p->p_vaddr < (bfd_vma) off) + { + (*_bfd_error_handler) + (_("%B: Not enough room for program headers, try linking with -N"), + abfd); + bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); + return FALSE; + } + + p->p_vaddr -= off; + if (!m->p_paddr_valid) + p->p_paddr -= off; + } + } + + if (m->includes_phdrs) + { + if (!m->p_flags_valid) + p->p_flags |= PF_R; + + if (!m->includes_filehdr) + { + p->p_offset = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; + + if (m->count > 0) + { + p->p_vaddr -= off - p->p_offset; + if (!m->p_paddr_valid) + p->p_paddr -= off - p->p_offset; + } + } + + p->p_filesz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr; + p->p_memsz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr; + if (m->count) + { + p->p_filesz += header_pad; + p->p_memsz += header_pad; + } + } + + if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD + || (p->p_type == PT_NOTE && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)) + { + if (!m->includes_filehdr && !m->includes_phdrs) + p->p_offset = off; + else + { + file_ptr adjust; + + adjust = off - (p->p_offset + p->p_filesz); + if (!no_contents) + p->p_filesz += adjust; + p->p_memsz += adjust; + } + } + + /* Set up p_filesz, p_memsz, p_align and p_flags from the section + maps. Set filepos for sections in PT_LOAD segments, and in + core files, for sections in PT_NOTE segments. + assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections will set filepos + for other sections and update p_filesz for other segments. */ + for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++) + { + asection *sec; + bfd_size_type align; + Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr; + + sec = *secpp; + this_hdr = &elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr; + align = (bfd_size_type) 1 << bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, sec); + + if ((p->p_type == PT_LOAD + || p->p_type == PT_TLS) + && (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS + || ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0 + && ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) == 0 + || p->p_type == PT_TLS)))) + { + bfd_vma p_start = p->p_paddr; + bfd_vma p_end = p_start + p->p_memsz; + bfd_vma s_start = sec->lma; + bfd_vma adjust = s_start - p_end; + + if (adjust != 0 + && (s_start < p_end + || p_end < p_start)) + { + (*_bfd_error_handler) + (_("%B: section %A lma %#lx adjusted to %#lx"), abfd, sec, + (unsigned long) s_start, (unsigned long) p_end); + adjust = 0; + sec->lma = p_end; + } + p->p_memsz += adjust; + + if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS) + { + if (p->p_filesz + adjust < p->p_memsz) + { + /* We have a PROGBITS section following NOBITS ones. + Allocate file space for the NOBITS section(s) and + zero it. */ + adjust = p->p_memsz - p->p_filesz; + if (!write_zeros (abfd, off, adjust)) + return FALSE; + } + off += adjust; + p->p_filesz += adjust; + } + } + + if (p->p_type == PT_NOTE && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core) + { + /* The section at i == 0 is the one that actually contains + everything. */ + if (i == 0) + { + this_hdr->sh_offset = sec->filepos = off; + off += this_hdr->sh_size; + p->p_filesz = this_hdr->sh_size; + p->p_memsz = 0; + p->p_align = 1; + } + else + { + /* The rest are fake sections that shouldn't be written. */ + sec->filepos = 0; + sec->size = 0; + sec->flags = 0; + continue; + } + } + else + { + if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD) + { + this_hdr->sh_offset = sec->filepos = off; + if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS) + off += this_hdr->sh_size; + } + else if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS + && (this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) != 0 + && this_hdr->sh_offset == 0) + { + /* This is a .tbss section that didn't get a PT_LOAD. + (See _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments "Create a + final PT_LOAD".) Set sh_offset to the value it + would have if we had created a zero p_filesz and + p_memsz PT_LOAD header for the section. This + also makes the PT_TLS header have the same + p_offset value. */ + bfd_vma adjust = vma_page_aligned_bias (this_hdr->sh_addr, + off, align); + this_hdr->sh_offset = sec->filepos = off + adjust; + } + + if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS) + { + p->p_filesz += this_hdr->sh_size; + /* A load section without SHF_ALLOC is something like + a note section in a PT_NOTE segment. These take + file space but are not loaded into memory. */ + if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0) + p->p_memsz += this_hdr->sh_size; + } + else if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0) + { + if (p->p_type == PT_TLS) + p->p_memsz += this_hdr->sh_size; + + /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of + normal segments. */ + else if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) == 0) + p->p_memsz += this_hdr->sh_size; + } + + if (align > p->p_align + && !m->p_align_valid + && (p->p_type != PT_LOAD + || (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0)) + p->p_align = align; + } + + if (!m->p_flags_valid) + { + p->p_flags |= PF_R; + if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR) != 0) + p->p_flags |= PF_X; + if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE) != 0) + p->p_flags |= PF_W; + } + } + off -= off_adjust; + + /* Check that all sections are in a PT_LOAD segment. + Don't check funky gdb generated core files. */ + if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD && bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core) + { + bfd_boolean check_vma = TRUE; + + for (i = 1; i < m->count; i++) + if (m->sections[i]->vma == m->sections[i - 1]->vma + && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m->sections[i]) + ->this_hdr), p) != 0 + && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m->sections[i - 1]) + ->this_hdr), p) != 0) + { + /* Looks like we have overlays packed into the segment. */ + check_vma = FALSE; + break; + } + + for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++) + { + Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr; + asection *sec; + + sec = m->sections[i]; + this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(sec)->this_hdr); + if (!ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_1 (this_hdr, p, check_vma, 0) + && !ELF_TBSS_SPECIAL (this_hdr, p)) + { + (*_bfd_error_handler) + (_("%B: section `%A' can't be allocated in segment %d"), + abfd, sec, j); + print_segment_map (m); + } + } + } + } + + elf_next_file_pos (abfd) = off; + return TRUE; +} + +/* Assign file positions for the other sections. */ + +static bfd_boolean +assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (bfd *abfd, + struct bfd_link_info *link_info) +{ + const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); + Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrpp; + Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp; + Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdrs; + Elf_Internal_Phdr *p; + struct elf_segment_map *m; + struct elf_segment_map *hdrs_segment; + bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr, filehdr_paddr; + bfd_vma phdrs_vaddr, phdrs_paddr; + file_ptr off; + unsigned int num_sec; + unsigned int i; + unsigned int count; + + i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd); + num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd); + off = elf_next_file_pos (abfd); + for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < num_sec; i++, hdrpp++) + { + Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; + + hdr = *hdrpp; + if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL + && (hdr->bfd_section->filepos != 0 + || (hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS + && hdr->contents == NULL))) + BFD_ASSERT (hdr->sh_offset == hdr->bfd_section->filepos); + else if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0) + { + if (hdr->sh_size != 0) + (*_bfd_error_handler) + (_("%B: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"), + abfd, + (hdr->bfd_section == NULL + ? "*unknown*" + : hdr->bfd_section->name)); + /* We don't need to page align empty sections. */ + if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0 && hdr->sh_size != 0) + off += vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr->sh_addr, off, + bed->maxpagesize); + else + off += vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr->sh_addr, off, + hdr->sh_addralign); + off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, + FALSE); + } + else if (((hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA) + && hdr->bfd_section == NULL) + || hdr == i_shdrpp[elf_onesymtab (abfd)] + || hdr == i_shdrpp[elf_symtab_shndx (abfd)] + || hdr == i_shdrpp[elf_strtab_sec (abfd)]) + hdr->sh_offset = -1; + else + off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE); + } + + /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up + the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */ + count = 0; + filehdr_vaddr = 0; + filehdr_paddr = 0; + phdrs_vaddr = bed->maxpagesize + bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; + phdrs_paddr = 0; + hdrs_segment = NULL; + phdrs = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr; + for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd), p = phdrs; m != NULL; m = m->next, p++) + { + ++count; + if (p->p_type != PT_LOAD) + continue; + + if (m->includes_filehdr) + { + filehdr_vaddr = p->p_vaddr; + filehdr_paddr = p->p_paddr; + } + if (m->includes_phdrs) + { + phdrs_vaddr = p->p_vaddr; + phdrs_paddr = p->p_paddr; + if (m->includes_filehdr) + { + hdrs_segment = m; + phdrs_vaddr += bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; + phdrs_paddr += bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; + } + } + } + + if (hdrs_segment != NULL && link_info != NULL) + { + /* There is a segment that contains both the file headers and the + program headers, so provide a symbol __ehdr_start pointing there. + A program can use this to examine itself robustly. */ + + struct elf_link_hash_entry *hash + = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (link_info), "__ehdr_start", + FALSE, FALSE, TRUE); + /* If the symbol was referenced and not defined, define it. */ + if (hash != NULL + && (hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new + || hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined + || hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak + || hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_common)) + { + asection *s = NULL; + if (hdrs_segment->count != 0) + /* The segment contains sections, so use the first one. */ + s = hdrs_segment->sections[0]; + else + /* Use the first (i.e. lowest-addressed) section in any segment. */ + for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next) + if (m->count != 0) + { + s = m->sections[0]; + break; + } + + if (s != NULL) + { + hash->root.u.def.value = filehdr_vaddr - s->vma; + hash->root.u.def.section = s; + } + else + { + hash->root.u.def.value = filehdr_vaddr; + hash->root.u.def.section = bfd_abs_section_ptr; + } + + hash->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined; + hash->def_regular = 1; + hash->non_elf = 0; + } + } + + for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd), p = phdrs; m != NULL; m = m->next, p++) + { + if (p->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO) + { + const Elf_Internal_Phdr *lp; + struct elf_segment_map *lm; + + if (link_info != NULL) + { + /* During linking the range of the RELRO segment is passed + in link_info. */ + for (lm = elf_seg_map (abfd), lp = phdrs; + lm != NULL; + lm = lm->next, lp++) + { + if (lp->p_type == PT_LOAD + && lp->p_vaddr < link_info->relro_end + && lp->p_vaddr + lp->p_filesz >= link_info->relro_end + && lm->count != 0 + && lm->sections[0]->vma >= link_info->relro_start) + break; + } + + /* PR ld/14207. If the RELRO segment doesn't fit in the + LOAD segment, it should be removed. */ + BFD_ASSERT (lm != NULL); + } + else + { + /* Otherwise we are copying an executable or shared + library, but we need to use the same linker logic. */ + for (lp = phdrs; lp < phdrs + count; ++lp) + { + if (lp->p_type == PT_LOAD + && lp->p_paddr == p->p_paddr) + break; + } + } + + if (lp < phdrs + count) + { + p->p_vaddr = lp->p_vaddr; + p->p_paddr = lp->p_paddr; + p->p_offset = lp->p_offset; + if (link_info != NULL) + p->p_filesz = link_info->relro_end - lp->p_vaddr; + else if (m->p_size_valid) + p->p_filesz = m->p_size; + else + abort (); + p->p_memsz = p->p_filesz; + /* Preserve the alignment and flags if they are valid. The + gold linker generates RW/4 for the PT_GNU_RELRO section. + It is better for objcopy/strip to honor these attributes + otherwise gdb will choke when using separate debug files. + */ + if (!m->p_align_valid) + p->p_align = 1; + if (!m->p_flags_valid) + p->p_flags = (lp->p_flags & ~PF_W); + } + else + { + memset (p, 0, sizeof *p); + p->p_type = PT_NULL; + } + } + else if (p->p_type == PT_GNU_STACK) + { + if (m->p_size_valid) + p->p_memsz = m->p_size; + } + else if (m->count != 0) + { + if (p->p_type != PT_LOAD + && (p->p_type != PT_NOTE + || bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core)) + { + BFD_ASSERT (!m->includes_filehdr && !m->includes_phdrs); + + p->p_filesz = 0; + p->p_offset = m->sections[0]->filepos; + for (i = m->count; i-- != 0;) + { + asection *sect = m->sections[i]; + Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_section_data (sect)->this_hdr; + if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS) + { + p->p_filesz = (sect->filepos - m->sections[0]->filepos + + hdr->sh_size); + break; + } + } + } + } + else if (m->includes_filehdr) + { + p->p_vaddr = filehdr_vaddr; + if (! m->p_paddr_valid) + p->p_paddr = filehdr_paddr; + } + else if (m->includes_phdrs) + { + p->p_vaddr = phdrs_vaddr; + if (! m->p_paddr_valid) + p->p_paddr = phdrs_paddr; + } + } + + elf_next_file_pos (abfd) = off; + + return TRUE; +} + +/* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by + _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and + VMAs must be known before this is called. + + Reloc sections come in two flavours: Those processed specially as + "side-channel" data attached to a section to which they apply, and + those that bfd doesn't process as relocations. The latter sort are + stored in a normal bfd section by bfd_section_from_shdr. We don't + consider the former sort here, unless they form part of the loadable + image. Reloc sections not assigned here will be handled later by + assign_file_positions_for_relocs. + + We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */ + +static bfd_boolean +assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd *abfd, + struct bfd_link_info *link_info) +{ + struct elf_obj_tdata *tdata = elf_tdata (abfd); + Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd); + file_ptr off; + const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); + + if ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC)) == 0 + && bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core) + { + Elf_Internal_Shdr ** const i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd); + unsigned int num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd); + Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp; + unsigned int i; + + /* Start after the ELF header. */ + off = i_ehdrp->e_ehsize; + + /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are + not creating a program header, and that the actual order of + the sections in the file is unimportant. */ + for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < num_sec; i++, hdrpp++) + { + Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; + + hdr = *hdrpp; + if (((hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA) + && hdr->bfd_section == NULL) + || i == elf_onesymtab (abfd) + || i == elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) + || i == elf_strtab_sec (abfd)) + { + hdr->sh_offset = -1; + } + else + off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE); + } + } + else + { + unsigned int alloc; + + /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the + assignment of sections to segments. */ + if (!assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (abfd, link_info)) + return FALSE; + + /* And for non-load sections. */ + if (!assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (abfd, link_info)) + return FALSE; + + if (bed->elf_backend_modify_program_headers != NULL) + { + if (!(*bed->elf_backend_modify_program_headers) (abfd, link_info)) + return FALSE; + } + + /* Write out the program headers. */ + alloc = elf_program_header_size (abfd) / bed->s->sizeof_phdr; + if (bfd_seek (abfd, (bfd_signed_vma) bed->s->sizeof_ehdr, SEEK_SET) != 0 + || bed->s->write_out_phdrs (abfd, tdata->phdr, alloc) != 0) + return FALSE; + + off = elf_next_file_pos (abfd); + } + + /* Place the section headers. */ + off = align_file_position (off, 1 << bed->s->log_file_align); + i_ehdrp->e_shoff = off; + off += i_ehdrp->e_shnum * i_ehdrp->e_shentsize; + + elf_next_file_pos (abfd) = off; + + return TRUE; +} + +static bfd_boolean +prep_headers (bfd *abfd) +{ + Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form. */ + struct elf_strtab_hash *shstrtab; + const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); + + i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd); + + shstrtab = _bfd_elf_strtab_init (); + if (shstrtab == NULL) + return FALSE; + + elf_shstrtab (abfd) = shstrtab; + + i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG0] = ELFMAG0; + i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG1] = ELFMAG1; + i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG2] = ELFMAG2; + i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG3] = ELFMAG3; + + i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_CLASS] = bed->s->elfclass; + i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_DATA] = + bfd_big_endian (abfd) ? ELFDATA2MSB : ELFDATA2LSB; + i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_VERSION] = bed->s->ev_current; + + if ((abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0) + i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_DYN; + else if ((abfd->flags & EXEC_P) != 0) + i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_EXEC; + else if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core) + i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_CORE; + else + i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_REL; + + switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd)) + { + case bfd_arch_unknown: + i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_NONE; + break; + + /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting + e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE + in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication, + the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling + can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(), + unless they need the information earlier than the final write. + Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for + e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */ + default: + i_ehdrp->e_machine = bed->elf_machine_code; + } + + i_ehdrp->e_version = bed->s->ev_current; + i_ehdrp->e_ehsize = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; + + /* No program header, for now. */ + i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0; + i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0; + i_ehdrp->e_phnum = 0; + + /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */ + i_ehdrp->e_entry = bfd_get_start_address (abfd); + i_ehdrp->e_shentsize = bed->s->sizeof_shdr; + + /* If we're building an executable, we'll need a program header table. */ + if (abfd->flags & EXEC_P) + /* It all happens later. */ + ; + else + { + i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0; + i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0; + } + + elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name = + (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".symtab", FALSE); + elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr.sh_name = + (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".strtab", FALSE); + elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name = + (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".shstrtab", FALSE); + if (elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1 + || elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1 + || elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1) + return FALSE; + + return TRUE; +} + +/* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part + of the loadable file image. */ + +void +_bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (bfd *abfd) +{ + file_ptr off; + unsigned int i, num_sec; + Elf_Internal_Shdr **shdrpp; + + off = elf_next_file_pos (abfd); + + num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd); + for (i = 1, shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd) + 1; i < num_sec; i++, shdrpp++) + { + Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdrp; + + shdrp = *shdrpp; + if ((shdrp->sh_type == SHT_REL || shdrp->sh_type == SHT_RELA) + && shdrp->sh_offset == -1) + off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp, off, TRUE); + } + + elf_next_file_pos (abfd) = off; +} + +bfd_boolean +_bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd *abfd) +{ + const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); + Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp; + bfd_boolean failed; + unsigned int count, num_sec; + struct elf_obj_tdata *t; + + if (! abfd->output_has_begun + && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, NULL)) + return FALSE; + + i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd); + + failed = FALSE; + bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bed->s->write_relocs, &failed); + if (failed) + return FALSE; + + _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (abfd); + + /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */ + num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd); + for (count = 1; count < num_sec; count++) + { + if (bed->elf_backend_section_processing) + (*bed->elf_backend_section_processing) (abfd, i_shdrp[count]); + if (i_shdrp[count]->contents) + { + bfd_size_type amt = i_shdrp[count]->sh_size; + + if (bfd_seek (abfd, i_shdrp[count]->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 + || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp[count]->contents, amt, abfd) != amt) + return FALSE; + } + } + + /* Write out the section header names. */ + t = elf_tdata (abfd); + if (elf_shstrtab (abfd) != NULL + && (bfd_seek (abfd, t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 + || !_bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd, elf_shstrtab (abfd)))) + return FALSE; + + if (bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing) + (*bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing) (abfd, elf_linker (abfd)); + + if (!bed->s->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd)) + return FALSE; + + /* This is last since write_shdrs_and_ehdr can touch i_shdrp[0]. */ + if (t->o->build_id.after_write_object_contents != NULL) + return (*t->o->build_id.after_write_object_contents) (abfd); + + return TRUE; +} + +bfd_boolean +_bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd *abfd) +{ + /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */ + return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd); +} + +/* Given a section, search the header to find them. */ + +unsigned int +_bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_section *asect) +{ + const struct elf_backend_data *bed; + unsigned int sec_index; + + if (elf_section_data (asect) != NULL + && elf_section_data (asect)->this_idx != 0) + return elf_section_data (asect)->this_idx; + + if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect)) + sec_index = SHN_ABS; + else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect)) + sec_index = SHN_COMMON; + else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect)) + sec_index = SHN_UNDEF; + else + sec_index = SHN_BAD; + + bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); + if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section) + { + int retval = sec_index; + + if ((*bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section) (abfd, asect, &retval)) + return retval; + } + + if (sec_index == SHN_BAD) + bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section); + + return sec_index; +} + +/* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1 + on error. */ + +int +_bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd *abfd, asymbol **asym_ptr_ptr) +{ + asymbol *asym_ptr = *asym_ptr_ptr; + int idx; + flagword flags = asym_ptr->flags; + + /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its + own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the + symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating + relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the + input sections rather than the output section. */ + if (asym_ptr->udata.i == 0 + && (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) + && asym_ptr->section) + { + asection *sec; + int indx; + + sec = asym_ptr->section; + if (sec->owner != abfd && sec->output_section != NULL) + sec = sec->output_section; + if (sec->owner == abfd + && (indx = sec->index) < elf_num_section_syms (abfd) + && elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx] != NULL) + asym_ptr->udata.i = elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx]->udata.i; + } + + idx = asym_ptr->udata.i; + + if (idx == 0) + { + /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol + which is used in a relocation entry. */ + (*_bfd_error_handler) + (_("%B: symbol `%s' required but not present"), + abfd, bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr)); + bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols); + return -1; + } + +#if DEBUG & 4 + { + fprintf (stderr, + "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8lx\n", + (long) asym_ptr, asym_ptr->name, idx, (long) flags); + fflush (stderr); + } +#endif + + return idx; +} + +/* Rewrite program header information. */ + +static bfd_boolean +rewrite_elf_program_header (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd) +{ + Elf_Internal_Ehdr *iehdr; + struct elf_segment_map *map; + struct elf_segment_map *map_first; + struct elf_segment_map **pointer_to_map; + Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment; + asection *section; + unsigned int i; + unsigned int num_segments; + bfd_boolean phdr_included = FALSE; + bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid; + bfd_vma maxpagesize; + struct elf_segment_map *phdr_adjust_seg = NULL; + unsigned int phdr_adjust_num = 0; + const struct elf_backend_data *bed; + + bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd); + iehdr = elf_elfheader (ibfd); + + map_first = NULL; + pointer_to_map = &map_first; + + num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum; + maxpagesize = get_elf_backend_data (obfd)->maxpagesize; + + /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */ +#define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \ + (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \ + ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz)) + +#define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \ + (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \ + != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS) \ + ? section->size : 0) + + /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within + the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */ +#define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment) \ + (section->vma >= segment->p_vaddr \ + && (section->vma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \ + <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr)))) + + /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within + the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */ +#define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base) \ + (section->lma >= base \ + && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \ + <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base))) + + /* Handle PT_NOTE segment. */ +#define IS_NOTE(p, s) \ + (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \ + && elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE \ + && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \ + && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \ + <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz)) + + /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo + etc. */ +#define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \ + (IS_NOTE (p, s) \ + && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \ + && s->vma == 0 \ + && s->lma == 0) + + /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris + linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and + p_memsz set to 0. */ +#define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \ + (p->p_vaddr == 0 \ + && p->p_paddr == 0 \ + && p->p_memsz == 0 \ + && p->p_filesz > 0 \ + && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \ + && s->size > 0 \ + && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \ + && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \ + <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz)) + + /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment. + A section will be included if: + 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA + if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise, + 2. It is an allocated section or a NOTE section in a PT_NOTE + segment. + 3. There is an output section associated with it, + 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment. + 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections. + 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections. + 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments. + 8. PT_DYNAMIC should not contain empty sections at the beginning + (with the possible exception of .dynamic). */ +#define IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \ + ((((segment->p_paddr \ + ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr) \ + : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment)) \ + && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \ + || IS_NOTE (segment, section)) \ + && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK \ + && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS \ + || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \ + && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD \ + || segment->p_type == PT_TLS \ + || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) \ + && (segment->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC \ + || SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) > 0 \ + || (segment->p_paddr \ + ? segment->p_paddr != section->lma \ + : segment->p_vaddr != section->vma) \ + || (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (ibfd, section), ".dynamic") \ + == 0)) \ + && !section->segment_mark) + +/* If the output section of a section in the input segment is NULL, + it is removed from the corresponding output segment. */ +#define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \ + (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed) \ + && section->output_section != NULL) + + /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */ +#define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \ + (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field)) + + /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both + their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap. + It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA + ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped + to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different + LMA. */ +#define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \ + ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \ + || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \ + && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \ + || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr))) + + /* Initialise the segment mark field. */ + for (section = ibfd->sections; section != NULL; section = section->next) + section->segment_mark = FALSE; + + /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the + p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a + file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it + don't set the p_paddr_valid fields. */ + p_paddr_valid = FALSE; + for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; + i < num_segments; + i++, segment++) + if (segment->p_paddr != 0) + { + p_paddr_valid = TRUE; + break; + } + + /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header + of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps + in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird + parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */ + for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; + i < num_segments; + i++, segment++) + { + unsigned int j; + Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment2; + + if (segment->p_type == PT_INTERP) + for (section = ibfd->sections; section; section = section->next) + if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment, section)) + { + /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment + assignment code will work. */ + segment->p_vaddr = section->vma; + break; + } + + if (segment->p_type != PT_LOAD) + { + /* Remove PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */ + if (segment->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO) + segment->p_type = PT_NULL; + continue; + } + + /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */ + for (j = 0, segment2 = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; j < i; j++, segment2++) + { + bfd_signed_vma extra_length; + + if (segment2->p_type != PT_LOAD + || !SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment, segment2)) + continue; + + /* Merge the two segments together. */ + if (segment2->p_vaddr < segment->p_vaddr) + { + /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete + SEGMENT. */ + extra_length = (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr) + - SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr)); + + if (extra_length > 0) + { + segment2->p_memsz += extra_length; + segment2->p_filesz += extra_length; + } + + segment->p_type = PT_NULL; + + /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */ + i = 0; + segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; + break; + } + else + { + /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete + SEGMENT2. */ + extra_length = (SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr) + - SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr)); + + if (extra_length > 0) + { + segment->p_memsz += extra_length; + segment->p_filesz += extra_length; + } + + segment2->p_type = PT_NULL; + } + } + } + + /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */ + for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; + i < num_segments; + i++, segment++) + { + unsigned int section_count; + asection **sections; + asection *output_section; + unsigned int isec; + bfd_vma matching_lma; + bfd_vma suggested_lma; + unsigned int j; + bfd_size_type amt; + asection *first_section; + bfd_boolean first_matching_lma; + bfd_boolean first_suggested_lma; + + if (segment->p_type == PT_NULL) + continue; + + first_section = NULL; + /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */ + for (section = ibfd->sections, section_count = 0; + section != NULL; + section = section->next) + { + /* Find the first section in the input segment, which may be + removed from the corresponding output segment. */ + if (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed)) + { + if (first_section == NULL) + first_section = section; + if (section->output_section != NULL) + ++section_count; + } + } + + /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain + all of the sections we have selected. */ + amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); + amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *); + map = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (obfd, amt); + if (map == NULL) + return FALSE; + + /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to + using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */ + map->next = NULL; + map->p_type = segment->p_type; + map->p_flags = segment->p_flags; + map->p_flags_valid = 1; + + /* If the first section in the input segment is removed, there is + no need to preserve segment physical address in the corresponding + output segment. */ + if (!first_section || first_section->output_section != NULL) + { + map->p_paddr = segment->p_paddr; + map->p_paddr_valid = p_paddr_valid; + } + + /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header + and if it contains the program headers themselves. */ + map->includes_filehdr = (segment->p_offset == 0 + && segment->p_filesz >= iehdr->e_ehsize); + map->includes_phdrs = 0; + + if (!phdr_included || segment->p_type != PT_LOAD) + { + map->includes_phdrs = + (segment->p_offset <= (bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff + && (segment->p_offset + segment->p_filesz + >= ((bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff + + iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize))); + + if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && map->includes_phdrs) + phdr_included = TRUE; + } + + if (section_count == 0) + { + /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain + no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain + something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only + a warning is produced. */ + if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD) + (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: warning: Empty loadable segment" + " detected, is this intentional ?\n"), + ibfd); + + map->count = 0; + *pointer_to_map = map; + pointer_to_map = &map->next; + + continue; + } + + /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt + to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map. + The problem here is how to handle an output section which has + been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities: + + 1. None of the sections have been moved. + In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the + input BFD. + + 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount. + In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA + of the first section. + + 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not. + In this case those sections which have not been moved can be + placed in the current segment which will have to have its size, + and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will + have to be created to contain the other sections. + + 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount. + In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA + of the first section and we will have to create a new segment + or segments to contain the other sections. + + In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section + pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned + to a segment, they are removed from this array. */ + + sections = (asection **) bfd_malloc2 (section_count, sizeof (asection *)); + if (sections == NULL) + return FALSE; + + /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts. + Also add the sections to the section array allocated above. + Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common + case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that + we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing + more to do. */ + isec = 0; + matching_lma = 0; + suggested_lma = 0; + first_matching_lma = TRUE; + first_suggested_lma = TRUE; + + for (section = ibfd->sections; + section != NULL; + section = section->next) + if (section == first_section) + break; + + for (j = 0; section != NULL; section = section->next) + { + if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed)) + { + output_section = section->output_section; + + sections[j++] = section; + + /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0. + We try to catch that case here, and set it to the + correct value. Note - some backends require that + p_paddr be left as zero. */ + if (!p_paddr_valid + && segment->p_vaddr != 0 + && !bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero + && isec == 0 + && output_section->lma != 0 + && output_section->vma == (segment->p_vaddr + + (map->includes_filehdr + ? iehdr->e_ehsize + : 0) + + (map->includes_phdrs + ? (iehdr->e_phnum + * iehdr->e_phentsize) + : 0))) + map->p_paddr = segment->p_vaddr; + + /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the + LMA address of the output section. */ + if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr) + || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section) + || (bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero + && IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section, segment))) + { + if (first_matching_lma || output_section->lma < matching_lma) + { + matching_lma = output_section->lma; + first_matching_lma = FALSE; + } + + /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment + then it does not overlap any other section within that + segment. */ + map->sections[isec++] = output_section; + } + else if (first_suggested_lma) + { + suggested_lma = output_section->lma; + first_suggested_lma = FALSE; + } + + if (j == section_count) + break; + } + } + + BFD_ASSERT (j == section_count); + + /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment, + if necessary. */ + if (isec == section_count) + { + /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently + specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to + the list of built segments and carry on to process the next + program header in the input BFD. */ + map->count = section_count; + *pointer_to_map = map; + pointer_to_map = &map->next; + + if (p_paddr_valid + && !bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero + && matching_lma != map->p_paddr + && !map->includes_filehdr + && !map->includes_phdrs) + /* There is some padding before the first section in the + segment. So, we must account for that in the output + segment's vma. */ + map->p_vaddr_offset = matching_lma - map->p_paddr; + + free (sections); + continue; + } + else + { + if (!first_matching_lma) + { + /* At least one section fits inside the current segment. + Keep it, but modify its physical address to match the + LMA of the first section that fitted. */ + map->p_paddr = matching_lma; + } + else + { + /* None of the sections fitted inside the current segment. + Change the current segment's physical address to match + the LMA of the first section. */ + map->p_paddr = suggested_lma; + } + + /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma + to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */ + if (map->includes_filehdr) + { + if (map->p_paddr >= iehdr->e_ehsize) + map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_ehsize; + else + { + map->includes_filehdr = FALSE; + map->includes_phdrs = FALSE; + } + } + + if (map->includes_phdrs) + { + if (map->p_paddr >= iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize) + { + map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize; + + /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number + of program headers that we will need. Make a note + here of the number we used and the segment we chose + to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the + offset when we know the correct value. */ + phdr_adjust_num = iehdr->e_phnum; + phdr_adjust_seg = map; + } + else + map->includes_phdrs = FALSE; + } + } + + /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning + those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the + sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all + possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is + added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain + to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating + the loop. */ + isec = 0; + do + { + map->count = 0; + suggested_lma = 0; + first_suggested_lma = TRUE; + + /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */ + for (j = 0; j < section_count; j++) + { + section = sections[j]; + + if (section == NULL) + continue; + + output_section = section->output_section; + + BFD_ASSERT (output_section != NULL); + + if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr) + || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section)) + { + if (map->count == 0) + { + /* If the first section in a segment does not start at + the beginning of the segment, then something is + wrong. */ + if (output_section->lma + != (map->p_paddr + + (map->includes_filehdr ? iehdr->e_ehsize : 0) + + (map->includes_phdrs + ? iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize + : 0))) + abort (); + } + else + { + asection *prev_sec; + + prev_sec = map->sections[map->count - 1]; + + /* If the gap between the end of the previous section + and the start of this section is more than + maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */ + if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->size, + maxpagesize) + < BFD_ALIGN (output_section->lma, maxpagesize)) + || (prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->size + > output_section->lma)) + { + if (first_suggested_lma) + { + suggested_lma = output_section->lma; + first_suggested_lma = FALSE; + } + + continue; + } + } + + map->sections[map->count++] = output_section; + ++isec; + sections[j] = NULL; + section->segment_mark = TRUE; + } + else if (first_suggested_lma) + { + suggested_lma = output_section->lma; + first_suggested_lma = FALSE; + } + } + + BFD_ASSERT (map->count > 0); + + /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */ + *pointer_to_map = map; + pointer_to_map = &map->next; + + if (isec < section_count) + { + /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to + segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it + and carry on looping. */ + amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); + amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *); + map = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (obfd, amt); + if (map == NULL) + { + free (sections); + return FALSE; + } + + /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical + physical address to the LMA of the first section that has + not yet been assigned. */ + map->next = NULL; + map->p_type = segment->p_type; + map->p_flags = segment->p_flags; + map->p_flags_valid = 1; + map->p_paddr = suggested_lma; + map->p_paddr_valid = p_paddr_valid; + map->includes_filehdr = 0; + map->includes_phdrs = 0; + } + } + while (isec < section_count); + + free (sections); + } + + elf_seg_map (obfd) = map_first; + + /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were + going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust + the offset if necessary. */ + if (phdr_adjust_seg != NULL) + { + unsigned int count; + + for (count = 0, map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next) + count++; + + if (count > phdr_adjust_num) + phdr_adjust_seg->p_paddr + -= (count - phdr_adjust_num) * iehdr->e_phentsize; + } + +#undef SEGMENT_END +#undef SECTION_SIZE +#undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA +#undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA +#undef IS_NOTE +#undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE +#undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP +#undef IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT +#undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT +#undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT +#undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS + return TRUE; +} + +/* Copy ELF program header information. */ + +static bfd_boolean +copy_elf_program_header (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd) +{ + Elf_Internal_Ehdr *iehdr; + struct elf_segment_map *map; + struct elf_segment_map *map_first; + struct elf_segment_map **pointer_to_map; + Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment; + unsigned int i; + unsigned int num_segments; + bfd_boolean phdr_included = FALSE; + bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid; + + iehdr = elf_elfheader (ibfd); + + map_first = NULL; + pointer_to_map = &map_first; + + /* If all the segment p_paddr fields are zero, don't set + map->p_paddr_valid. */ + p_paddr_valid = FALSE; + num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum; + for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; + i < num_segments; + i++, segment++) + if (segment->p_paddr != 0) + { + p_paddr_valid = TRUE; + break; + } + + for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; + i < num_segments; + i++, segment++) + { + asection *section; + unsigned int section_count; + bfd_size_type amt; + Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr; + asection *first_section = NULL; + asection *lowest_section; + + /* Compute how many sections are in this segment. */ + for (section = ibfd->sections, section_count = 0; + section != NULL; + section = section->next) + { + this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr); + if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr, segment)) + { + if (first_section == NULL) + first_section = section; + section_count++; + } + } + + /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain + all of the sections we have selected. */ + amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); + if (section_count != 0) + amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *); + map = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (obfd, amt); + if (map == NULL) + return FALSE; + + /* Initialize the fields of the output segment map with the + input segment. */ + map->next = NULL; + map->p_type = segment->p_type; + map->p_flags = segment->p_flags; + map->p_flags_valid = 1; + map->p_paddr = segment->p_paddr; + map->p_paddr_valid = p_paddr_valid; + map->p_align = segment->p_align; + map->p_align_valid = 1; + map->p_vaddr_offset = 0; + + if (map->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO + || map->p_type == PT_GNU_STACK) + { + /* The PT_GNU_RELRO segment may contain the first a few + bytes in the .got.plt section even if the whole .got.plt + section isn't in the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. We won't + change the size of the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. + Similarly, PT_GNU_STACK size is significant on uclinux + systems. */ + map->p_size = segment->p_memsz; + map->p_size_valid = 1; + } + + /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header + and if it contains the program headers themselves. */ + map->includes_filehdr = (segment->p_offset == 0 + && segment->p_filesz >= iehdr->e_ehsize); + + map->includes_phdrs = 0; + if (! phdr_included || segment->p_type != PT_LOAD) + { + map->includes_phdrs = + (segment->p_offset <= (bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff + && (segment->p_offset + segment->p_filesz + >= ((bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff + + iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize))); + + if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && map->includes_phdrs) + phdr_included = TRUE; + } + + lowest_section = first_section; + if (section_count != 0) + { + unsigned int isec = 0; + + for (section = first_section; + section != NULL; + section = section->next) + { + this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr); + if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr, segment)) + { + map->sections[isec++] = section->output_section; + if ((section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) + { + bfd_vma seg_off; + + if (section->lma < lowest_section->lma) + lowest_section = section; + + /* Section lmas are set up from PT_LOAD header + p_paddr in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr. + If this header has a p_paddr that disagrees + with the section lma, flag the p_paddr as + invalid. */ + if ((section->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) + seg_off = this_hdr->sh_offset - segment->p_offset; + else + seg_off = this_hdr->sh_addr - segment->p_vaddr; + if (section->lma - segment->p_paddr != seg_off) + map->p_paddr_valid = FALSE; + } + if (isec == section_count) + break; + } + } + } + + if (map->includes_filehdr && lowest_section != NULL) + /* We need to keep the space used by the headers fixed. */ + map->header_size = lowest_section->vma - segment->p_vaddr; + + if (!map->includes_phdrs + && !map->includes_filehdr + && map->p_paddr_valid) + /* There is some other padding before the first section. */ + map->p_vaddr_offset = ((lowest_section ? lowest_section->lma : 0) + - segment->p_paddr); + + map->count = section_count; + *pointer_to_map = map; + pointer_to_map = &map->next; + } + + elf_seg_map (obfd) = map_first; + return TRUE; +} + +/* Copy private BFD data. This copies or rewrites ELF program header + information. */ + +static bfd_boolean +copy_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd) +{ + if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour + || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour) + return TRUE; + + if (elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr == NULL) + return TRUE; + + if (ibfd->xvec == obfd->xvec) + { + /* Check to see if any sections in the input BFD + covered by ELF program header have changed. */ + Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment; + asection *section, *osec; + unsigned int i, num_segments; + Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr; + const struct elf_backend_data *bed; + + bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd); + + /* Regenerate the segment map if p_paddr is set to 0. */ + if (bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero) + goto rewrite; + + /* Initialize the segment mark field. */ + for (section = obfd->sections; section != NULL; + section = section->next) + section->segment_mark = FALSE; + + num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum; + for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; + i < num_segments; + i++, segment++) + { + /* PR binutils/3535. The Solaris linker always sets the p_paddr + and p_memsz fields of special segments (DYNAMIC, INTERP) to 0 + which severly confuses things, so always regenerate the segment + map in this case. */ + if (segment->p_paddr == 0 + && segment->p_memsz == 0 + && (segment->p_type == PT_INTERP || segment->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC)) + goto rewrite; + + for (section = ibfd->sections; + section != NULL; section = section->next) + { + /* We mark the output section so that we know it comes + from the input BFD. */ + osec = section->output_section; + if (osec) + osec->segment_mark = TRUE; + + /* Check if this section is covered by the segment. */ + this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr); + if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr, segment)) + { + /* FIXME: Check if its output section is changed or + removed. What else do we need to check? */ + if (osec == NULL + || section->flags != osec->flags + || section->lma != osec->lma + || section->vma != osec->vma + || section->size != osec->size + || section->rawsize != osec->rawsize + || section->alignment_power != osec->alignment_power) + goto rewrite; + } + } + } + + /* Check to see if any output section do not come from the + input BFD. */ + for (section = obfd->sections; section != NULL; + section = section->next) + { + if (section->segment_mark == FALSE) + goto rewrite; + else + section->segment_mark = FALSE; + } + + return copy_elf_program_header (ibfd, obfd); + } + +rewrite: + if (ibfd->xvec == obfd->xvec) + { + /* When rewriting program header, set the output maxpagesize to + the maximum alignment of input PT_LOAD segments. */ + Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment; + unsigned int i; + unsigned int num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum; + bfd_vma maxpagesize = 0; + + for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; + i < num_segments; + i++, segment++) + if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD + && maxpagesize < segment->p_align) + maxpagesize = segment->p_align; + + if (maxpagesize != get_elf_backend_data (obfd)->maxpagesize) + bfd_emul_set_maxpagesize (bfd_get_target (obfd), maxpagesize); + } + + return rewrite_elf_program_header (ibfd, obfd); +} + +/* Initialize private output section information from input section. */ + +bfd_boolean +_bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (bfd *ibfd, + asection *isec, + bfd *obfd, + asection *osec, + struct bfd_link_info *link_info) + +{ + Elf_Internal_Shdr *ihdr, *ohdr; + bfd_boolean final_link = link_info != NULL && !link_info->relocatable; + + if (ibfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour + || obfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour) + return TRUE; + + BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (osec) != NULL); + + /* For objcopy and relocatable link, don't copy the output ELF + section type from input if the output BFD section flags have been + set to something different. For a final link allow some flags + that the linker clears to differ. */ + if (elf_section_type (osec) == SHT_NULL + && (osec->flags == isec->flags + || (final_link + && ((osec->flags ^ isec->flags) + & ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC)) == 0))) + elf_section_type (osec) = elf_section_type (isec); + + /* FIXME: Is this correct for all OS/PROC specific flags? */ + elf_section_flags (osec) |= (elf_section_flags (isec) + & (SHF_MASKOS | SHF_MASKPROC)); + + /* Set things up for objcopy and relocatable link. The output + SHT_GROUP section will have its elf_next_in_group pointing back + to the input group members. Ignore linker created group section. + See elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c. */ + if (!final_link) + { + if (elf_sec_group (isec) == NULL + || (elf_sec_group (isec)->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0) + { + if (elf_section_flags (isec) & SHF_GROUP) + elf_section_flags (osec) |= SHF_GROUP; + elf_next_in_group (osec) = elf_next_in_group (isec); + elf_section_data (osec)->group = elf_section_data (isec)->group; + } + } + + ihdr = &elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr; + + /* We need to handle elf_linked_to_section for SHF_LINK_ORDER. We + don't use the output section of the linked-to section since it + may be NULL at this point. */ + if ((ihdr->sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0) + { + ohdr = &elf_section_data (osec)->this_hdr; + ohdr->sh_flags |= SHF_LINK_ORDER; + elf_linked_to_section (osec) = elf_linked_to_section (isec); + } + + osec->use_rela_p = isec->use_rela_p; + + return TRUE; +} + +/* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize + field, and sometimes the info field. */ + +bfd_boolean +_bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd *ibfd, + asection *isec, + bfd *obfd, + asection *osec) +{ + Elf_Internal_Shdr *ihdr, *ohdr; + + if (ibfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour + || obfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour) + return TRUE; + + ihdr = &elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr; + ohdr = &elf_section_data (osec)->this_hdr; + + ohdr->sh_entsize = ihdr->sh_entsize; + + if (ihdr->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB + || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM + || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verneed + || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verdef) + ohdr->sh_info = ihdr->sh_info; + + return _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (ibfd, isec, obfd, osec, + NULL); +} + +/* Look at all the SHT_GROUP sections in IBFD, making any adjustments + necessary if we are removing either the SHT_GROUP section or any of + the group member sections. DISCARDED is the value that a section's + output_section has if the section will be discarded, NULL when this + function is called from objcopy, bfd_abs_section_ptr when called + from the linker. */ + +bfd_boolean +_bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (bfd *ibfd, asection *discarded) +{ + asection *isec; + + for (isec = ibfd->sections; isec != NULL; isec = isec->next) + if (elf_section_type (isec) == SHT_GROUP) + { + asection *first = elf_next_in_group (isec); + asection *s = first; + bfd_size_type removed = 0; + + while (s != NULL) + { + /* If this member section is being output but the + SHT_GROUP section is not, then clear the group info + set up by _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data. */ + if (s->output_section != discarded + && isec->output_section == discarded) + { + elf_section_flags (s->output_section) &= ~SHF_GROUP; + elf_group_name (s->output_section) = NULL; + } + /* Conversely, if the member section is not being output + but the SHT_GROUP section is, then adjust its size. */ + else if (s->output_section == discarded + && isec->output_section != discarded) + removed += 4; + s = elf_next_in_group (s); + if (s == first) + break; + } + if (removed != 0) + { + if (discarded != NULL) + { + /* If we've been called for ld -r, then we need to + adjust the input section size. This function may + be called multiple times, so save the original + size. */ + if (isec->rawsize == 0) + isec->rawsize = isec->size; + isec->size = isec->rawsize - removed; + } + else + { + /* Adjust the output section size when called from + objcopy. */ + isec->output_section->size -= removed; + } + } + } + + return TRUE; +} + +/* Copy private header information. */ + +bfd_boolean +_bfd_elf_copy_private_header_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd) +{ + if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour + || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour) + return TRUE; + + /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied. + This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data + entry point, because the latter is called after the section + contents have been set, which means that the program headers have + already been worked out. */ + if (elf_seg_map (obfd) == NULL && elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr != NULL) + { + if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd, obfd)) + return FALSE; + } + + return _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (ibfd, NULL); +} + +/* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section + which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section + index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped + section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the + swap_out_syms function. */ + +#define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1) +#define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2) +#define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3) +#define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4) +#define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5) + +bfd_boolean +_bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd *ibfd, + asymbol *isymarg, + bfd *obfd, + asymbol *osymarg) +{ + elf_symbol_type *isym, *osym; + + if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour + || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour) + return TRUE; + + isym = elf_symbol_from (ibfd, isymarg); + osym = elf_symbol_from (obfd, osymarg); + + if (isym != NULL + && isym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0 + && osym != NULL + && bfd_is_abs_section (isym->symbol.section)) + { + unsigned int shndx; + + shndx = isym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx; + if (shndx == elf_onesymtab (ibfd)) + shndx = MAP_ONESYMTAB; + else if (shndx == elf_dynsymtab (ibfd)) + shndx = MAP_DYNSYMTAB; + else if (shndx == elf_strtab_sec (ibfd)) + shndx = MAP_STRTAB; + else if (shndx == elf_shstrtab_sec (ibfd)) + shndx = MAP_SHSTRTAB; + else if (shndx == elf_symtab_shndx (ibfd)) + shndx = MAP_SYM_SHNDX; + osym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx = shndx; + } + + return TRUE; +} + +/* Swap out the symbols. */ + +static bfd_boolean +swap_out_syms (bfd *abfd, + struct bfd_strtab_hash **sttp, + int relocatable_p) +{ + const struct elf_backend_data *bed; + int symcount; + asymbol **syms; + struct bfd_strtab_hash *stt; + Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; + Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_shndx_hdr; + Elf_Internal_Shdr *symstrtab_hdr; + bfd_byte *outbound_syms; + bfd_byte *outbound_shndx; + int idx; + unsigned int num_locals; + bfd_size_type amt; + bfd_boolean name_local_sections; + + if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd, &num_locals)) + return FALSE; + + /* Dump out the symtabs. */ + stt = _bfd_elf_stringtab_init (); + if (stt == NULL) + return FALSE; + + bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); + symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd); + symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; + symtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB; + symtab_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym; + symtab_hdr->sh_size = symtab_hdr->sh_entsize * (symcount + 1); + symtab_hdr->sh_info = num_locals + 1; + symtab_hdr->sh_addralign = (bfd_vma) 1 << bed->s->log_file_align; + + symstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr; + symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB; + + outbound_syms = (bfd_byte *) bfd_alloc2 (abfd, 1 + symcount, + bed->s->sizeof_sym); + if (outbound_syms == NULL) + { + _bfd_stringtab_free (stt); + return FALSE; + } + symtab_hdr->contents = outbound_syms; + + outbound_shndx = NULL; + symtab_shndx_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr; + if (symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_name != 0) + { + amt = (bfd_size_type) (1 + symcount) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx); + outbound_shndx = (bfd_byte *) + bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, 1 + symcount, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx)); + if (outbound_shndx == NULL) + { + _bfd_stringtab_free (stt); + return FALSE; + } + + symtab_shndx_hdr->contents = outbound_shndx; + symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX; + symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_size = amt; + symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_addralign = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx); + symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx); + } + + /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */ + { + /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */ + Elf_Internal_Sym sym; + sym.st_name = 0; + sym.st_value = 0; + sym.st_size = 0; + sym.st_info = 0; + sym.st_other = 0; + sym.st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF; + sym.st_target_internal = 0; + bed->s->swap_symbol_out (abfd, &sym, outbound_syms, outbound_shndx); + outbound_syms += bed->s->sizeof_sym; + if (outbound_shndx != NULL) + outbound_shndx += sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx); + } + + name_local_sections + = (bed->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols + && bed->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd)); + + syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd); + for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++) + { + Elf_Internal_Sym sym; + bfd_vma value = syms[idx]->value; + elf_symbol_type *type_ptr; + flagword flags = syms[idx]->flags; + int type; + + if (!name_local_sections + && (flags & (BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_GLOBAL)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM) + { + /* Local section symbols have no name. */ + sym.st_name = 0; + } + else + { + sym.st_name = (unsigned long) _bfd_stringtab_add (stt, + syms[idx]->name, + TRUE, FALSE); + if (sym.st_name == (unsigned long) -1) + { + _bfd_stringtab_free (stt); + return FALSE; + } + } + + type_ptr = elf_symbol_from (abfd, syms[idx]); + + if ((flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0 + && bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section)) + { + /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field, + and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from + how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */ + sym.st_size = value; + if (type_ptr == NULL + || type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value == 0) + sym.st_value = value >= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value)); + else + sym.st_value = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value; + sym.st_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section + (abfd, syms[idx]->section); + } + else + { + asection *sec = syms[idx]->section; + unsigned int shndx; + + if (sec->output_section) + { + value += sec->output_offset; + sec = sec->output_section; + } + + /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */ + if (! relocatable_p) + value += sec->vma; + sym.st_value = value; + sym.st_size = type_ptr ? type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_size : 0; + + if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec) + && type_ptr != NULL + && type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0) + { + /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did + not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done + by copy_private_symbol_data. */ + shndx = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx; + switch (shndx) + { + case MAP_ONESYMTAB: + shndx = elf_onesymtab (abfd); + break; + case MAP_DYNSYMTAB: + shndx = elf_dynsymtab (abfd); + break; + case MAP_STRTAB: + shndx = elf_strtab_sec (abfd); + break; + case MAP_SHSTRTAB: + shndx = elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd); + break; + case MAP_SYM_SHNDX: + shndx = elf_symtab_shndx (abfd); + break; + default: + shndx = SHN_ABS; + break; + } + } + else + { + shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec); + + if (shndx == SHN_BAD) + { + asection *sec2; + + /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if + we had some decent documentation on bfd, and + knew what to expect of the library, and what to + demand of applications. For example, it + appears that `objcopy' might not set the + section of a symbol to be a section that is + actually in the output file. */ + sec2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, sec->name); + if (sec2 == NULL) + { + _bfd_error_handler (_("\ +Unable to find equivalent output section for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"), + syms[idx]->name ? syms[idx]->name : "<Local sym>", + sec->name); + bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation); + _bfd_stringtab_free (stt); + return FALSE; + } + + shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec2); + BFD_ASSERT (shndx != SHN_BAD); + } + } + + sym.st_shndx = shndx; + } + + if ((flags & BSF_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0) + type = STT_TLS; + else if ((flags & BSF_GNU_INDIRECT_FUNCTION) != 0) + type = STT_GNU_IFUNC; + else if ((flags & BSF_FUNCTION) != 0) + type = STT_FUNC; + else if ((flags & BSF_OBJECT) != 0) + type = STT_OBJECT; + else if ((flags & BSF_RELC) != 0) + type = STT_RELC; + else if ((flags & BSF_SRELC) != 0) + type = STT_SRELC; + else + type = STT_NOTYPE; + + if (syms[idx]->section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) + type = STT_TLS; + + /* Processor-specific types. */ + if (type_ptr != NULL + && bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type) + type = ((*bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type) + (&type_ptr->internal_elf_sym, type)); + + if (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) + { + if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL) + sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION); + else + sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_SECTION); + } + else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section)) + { +#ifdef USE_STT_COMMON + if (type == STT_OBJECT) + sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_COMMON); + else +#endif + sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, type); + } + else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms[idx]->section)) + sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (((flags & BSF_WEAK) + ? STB_WEAK + : STB_GLOBAL), + type); + else if (flags & BSF_FILE) + sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_FILE); + else + { + int bind = STB_LOCAL; + + if (flags & BSF_LOCAL) + bind = STB_LOCAL; + else if (flags & BSF_GNU_UNIQUE) + bind = STB_GNU_UNIQUE; + else if (flags & BSF_WEAK) + bind = STB_WEAK; + else if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL) + bind = STB_GLOBAL; + + sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (bind, type); + } + + if (type_ptr != NULL) + { + sym.st_other = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_other; + sym.st_target_internal + = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_target_internal; + } + else + { + sym.st_other = 0; + sym.st_target_internal = 0; + } + + bed->s->swap_symbol_out (abfd, &sym, outbound_syms, outbound_shndx); + outbound_syms += bed->s->sizeof_sym; + if (outbound_shndx != NULL) + outbound_shndx += sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx); + } + + *sttp = stt; + symstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_stringtab_size (stt); + symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB; + + symstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0; + symstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0; + symstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0; + symstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0; + symstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0; + symstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1; + + return TRUE; +} + +/* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector. + + Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate + the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table + always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */ + +long +_bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd *abfd) +{ + long symcount; + long symtab_size; + Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; + + symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym; + symtab_size = (symcount + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *)); + if (symcount > 0) + symtab_size -= sizeof (asymbol *); + + return symtab_size; +} + +long +_bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd *abfd) +{ + long symcount; + long symtab_size; + Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr; + + if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0) + { + bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation); + return -1; + } + + symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym; + symtab_size = (symcount + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *)); + if (symcount > 0) + symtab_size -= sizeof (asymbol *); + + return symtab_size; +} + +long +_bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, + sec_ptr asect) +{ + return (asect->reloc_count + 1) * sizeof (arelent *); +} + +/* Canonicalize the relocs. */ + +long +_bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd *abfd, + sec_ptr section, + arelent **relptr, + asymbol **symbols) +{ + arelent *tblptr; + unsigned int i; + const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); + + if (! bed->s->slurp_reloc_table (abfd, section, symbols, FALSE)) + return -1; + + tblptr = section->relocation; + for (i = 0; i < section->reloc_count; i++) + *relptr++ = tblptr++; + + *relptr = NULL; + + return section->reloc_count; +} + +long +_bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd *abfd, asymbol **allocation) +{ + const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); + long symcount = bed->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, allocation, FALSE); + + if (symcount >= 0) + bfd_get_symcount (abfd) = symcount; + return symcount; +} + +long +_bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd *abfd, + asymbol **allocation) +{ + const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); + long symcount = bed->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, allocation, TRUE); + + if (symcount >= 0) + bfd_get_dynamic_symcount (abfd) = symcount; + return symcount; +} + +/* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any loadable + section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL + or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a + dynamic reloc section. */ + +long +_bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd *abfd) +{ + long ret; + asection *s; + + if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0) + { + bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation); + return -1; + } + + ret = sizeof (arelent *); + for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) + if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd) + && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL + || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA)) + ret += ((s->size / elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize) + * sizeof (arelent *)); + + return ret; +} + +/* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return the + dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are actually + associated with particular sections; the interface, which was + designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there is only + one set of dynamic relocs. Any loadable section that was actually + installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the + dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */ + +long +_bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd *abfd, + arelent **storage, + asymbol **syms) +{ + bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean); + asection *s; + long ret; + + if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0) + { + bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation); + return -1; + } + + slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table; + ret = 0; + for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) + { + if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd) + && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL + || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA)) + { + arelent *p; + long count, i; + + if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, s, syms, TRUE)) + return -1; + count = s->size / elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize; + p = s->relocation; + for (i = 0; i < count; i++) + *storage++ = p++; + ret += count; + } + } + + *storage = NULL; + + return ret; +} + +/* Read in the version information. */ + +bfd_boolean +_bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean default_imported_symver) +{ + bfd_byte *contents = NULL; + unsigned int freeidx = 0; + + if (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0) + { + Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; + Elf_External_Verneed *everneed; + Elf_Internal_Verneed *iverneed; + unsigned int i; + bfd_byte *contents_end; + + hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_hdr; + + elf_tdata (abfd)->verref = (Elf_Internal_Verneed *) + bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, hdr->sh_info, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed)); + if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL) + goto error_return; + + elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs = hdr->sh_info; + + contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size); + if (contents == NULL) + { +error_return_verref: + elf_tdata (abfd)->verref = NULL; + elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs = 0; + goto error_return; + } + if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 + || bfd_bread (contents, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size) + goto error_return_verref; + + if (hdr->sh_info && hdr->sh_size < sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed)) + goto error_return_verref; + + BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed) + == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux)); + contents_end = contents + hdr->sh_size - sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed); + everneed = (Elf_External_Verneed *) contents; + iverneed = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref; + for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++, iverneed++) + { + Elf_External_Vernaux *evernaux; + Elf_Internal_Vernaux *ivernaux; + unsigned int j; + + _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd, everneed, iverneed); + + iverneed->vn_bfd = abfd; + + iverneed->vn_filename = + bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link, + iverneed->vn_file); + if (iverneed->vn_filename == NULL) + goto error_return_verref; + + if (iverneed->vn_cnt == 0) + iverneed->vn_auxptr = NULL; + else + { + iverneed->vn_auxptr = (struct elf_internal_vernaux *) + bfd_alloc2 (abfd, iverneed->vn_cnt, + sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux)); + if (iverneed->vn_auxptr == NULL) + goto error_return_verref; + } + + if (iverneed->vn_aux + > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) everneed)) + goto error_return_verref; + + evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *) + ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_aux)); + ivernaux = iverneed->vn_auxptr; + for (j = 0; j < iverneed->vn_cnt; j++, ivernaux++) + { + _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd, evernaux, ivernaux); + + ivernaux->vna_nodename = + bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link, + ivernaux->vna_name); + if (ivernaux->vna_nodename == NULL) + goto error_return_verref; + + if (j + 1 < iverneed->vn_cnt) + ivernaux->vna_nextptr = ivernaux + 1; + else + ivernaux->vna_nextptr = NULL; + + if (ivernaux->vna_next + > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) evernaux)) + goto error_return_verref; + + evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *) + ((bfd_byte *) evernaux + ivernaux->vna_next)); + + if (ivernaux->vna_other > freeidx) + freeidx = ivernaux->vna_other; + } + + if (i + 1 < hdr->sh_info) + iverneed->vn_nextref = iverneed + 1; + else + iverneed->vn_nextref = NULL; + + if (iverneed->vn_next + > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) everneed)) + goto error_return_verref; + + everneed = ((Elf_External_Verneed *) + ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_next)); + } + + free (contents); + contents = NULL; + } + + if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0) + { + Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; + Elf_External_Verdef *everdef; + Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdef; + Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdefarr; + Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem; + unsigned int i; + unsigned int maxidx; + bfd_byte *contents_end_def, *contents_end_aux; + + hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr; + + contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size); + if (contents == NULL) + goto error_return; + if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 + || bfd_bread (contents, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size) + goto error_return; + + if (hdr->sh_info && hdr->sh_size < sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef)) + goto error_return; + + BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef) + >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux)); + contents_end_def = contents + hdr->sh_size + - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef); + contents_end_aux = contents + hdr->sh_size + - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux); + + /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum + index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find + the maximum. */ + everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents; + maxidx = 0; + for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; ++i) + { + _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem); + + if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION)) > maxidx) + maxidx = iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION); + + if (iverdefmem.vd_next + > (size_t) (contents_end_def - (bfd_byte *) everdef)) + goto error_return; + + everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *) + ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdefmem.vd_next)); + } + + if (default_imported_symver) + { + if (freeidx > maxidx) + maxidx = ++freeidx; + else + freeidx = ++maxidx; + } + elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = (Elf_Internal_Verdef *) + bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, maxidx, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef)); + if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL) + goto error_return; + + elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = maxidx; + + everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents; + iverdefarr = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef; + for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++) + { + Elf_External_Verdaux *everdaux; + Elf_Internal_Verdaux *iverdaux; + unsigned int j; + + _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem); + + if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & VERSYM_VERSION) == 0) + { +error_return_verdef: + elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = NULL; + elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = 0; + goto error_return; + } + + iverdef = &iverdefarr[(iverdefmem.vd_ndx & VERSYM_VERSION) - 1]; + memcpy (iverdef, &iverdefmem, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef)); + + iverdef->vd_bfd = abfd; + + if (iverdef->vd_cnt == 0) + iverdef->vd_auxptr = NULL; + else + { + iverdef->vd_auxptr = (struct elf_internal_verdaux *) + bfd_alloc2 (abfd, iverdef->vd_cnt, + sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux)); + if (iverdef->vd_auxptr == NULL) + goto error_return_verdef; + } + + if (iverdef->vd_aux + > (size_t) (contents_end_aux - (bfd_byte *) everdef)) + goto error_return_verdef; + + everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *) + ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_aux)); + iverdaux = iverdef->vd_auxptr; + for (j = 0; j < iverdef->vd_cnt; j++, iverdaux++) + { + _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd, everdaux, iverdaux); + + iverdaux->vda_nodename = + bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link, + iverdaux->vda_name); + if (iverdaux->vda_nodename == NULL) + goto error_return_verdef; + + if (j + 1 < iverdef->vd_cnt) + iverdaux->vda_nextptr = iverdaux + 1; + else + iverdaux->vda_nextptr = NULL; + + if (iverdaux->vda_next + > (size_t) (contents_end_aux - (bfd_byte *) everdaux)) + goto error_return_verdef; + + everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *) + ((bfd_byte *) everdaux + iverdaux->vda_next)); + } + + if (iverdef->vd_cnt) + iverdef->vd_nodename = iverdef->vd_auxptr->vda_nodename; + + if ((size_t) (iverdef - iverdefarr) + 1 < maxidx) + iverdef->vd_nextdef = iverdef + 1; + else + iverdef->vd_nextdef = NULL; + + everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *) + ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_next)); + } + + free (contents); + contents = NULL; + } + else if (default_imported_symver) + { + if (freeidx < 3) + freeidx = 3; + else + freeidx++; + + elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = (Elf_Internal_Verdef *) + bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, freeidx, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef)); + if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL) + goto error_return; + + elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = freeidx; + } + + /* Create a default version based on the soname. */ + if (default_imported_symver) + { + Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdef; + Elf_Internal_Verdaux *iverdaux; + + iverdef = &elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef[freeidx - 1]; + + iverdef->vd_version = VER_DEF_CURRENT; + iverdef->vd_flags = 0; + iverdef->vd_ndx = freeidx; + iverdef->vd_cnt = 1; + + iverdef->vd_bfd = abfd; + + iverdef->vd_nodename = bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd); + if (iverdef->vd_nodename == NULL) + goto error_return_verdef; + iverdef->vd_nextdef = NULL; + iverdef->vd_auxptr = (struct elf_internal_verdaux *) + bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux)); + if (iverdef->vd_auxptr == NULL) + goto error_return_verdef; + + iverdaux = iverdef->vd_auxptr; + iverdaux->vda_nodename = iverdef->vd_nodename; + iverdaux->vda_nextptr = NULL; + } + + return TRUE; + + error_return: + if (contents != NULL) + free (contents); + return FALSE; +} + +asymbol * +_bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd *abfd) +{ + elf_symbol_type *newsym; + bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (elf_symbol_type); + + newsym = (elf_symbol_type *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); + if (!newsym) + return NULL; + else + { + newsym->symbol.the_bfd = abfd; + return &newsym->symbol; + } +} + +void +_bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, + asymbol *symbol, + symbol_info *ret) +{ + bfd_symbol_info (symbol, ret); +} + +/* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets + use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some + override it. */ + +bfd_boolean +_bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, + const char *name) +{ + /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */ + if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == 'L') + return TRUE; + + /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate + DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */ + if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == '.') + return TRUE; + + /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when + emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a + small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call + ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading + underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use, + we treat such symbols as local. */ + if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == '.' && name[2] == 'L' && name[3] == '_') + return TRUE; + + return FALSE; +} + +alent * +_bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, + asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) +{ + abort (); + return NULL; +} + +bfd_boolean +_bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd *abfd, + enum bfd_architecture arch, + unsigned long machine) +{ + /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this + isn't the generic backend, fail. */ + if (arch != get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch + && arch != bfd_arch_unknown + && get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch != bfd_arch_unknown) + return FALSE; + + return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, arch, machine); +} + +/* Find the function to a particular section and offset, + for error reporting. */ + +static bfd_boolean +elf_find_function (bfd *abfd, + asection *section, + asymbol **symbols, + bfd_vma offset, + const char **filename_ptr, + const char **functionname_ptr) +{ + struct elf_find_function_cache + { + asection *last_section; + asymbol *func; + const char *filename; + bfd_size_type func_size; + } *cache; + + if (symbols == NULL) + return FALSE; + + cache = elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_find_function_cache; + if (cache == NULL) + { + cache = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (*cache)); + elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_find_function_cache = cache; + if (cache == NULL) + return FALSE; + } + if (cache->last_section != section + || cache->func == NULL + || offset < cache->func->value + || offset >= cache->func->value + cache->func_size) + { + asymbol *file; + bfd_vma low_func; + asymbol **p; + /* ??? Given multiple file symbols, it is impossible to reliably + choose the right file name for global symbols. File symbols are + local symbols, and thus all file symbols must sort before any + global symbols. The ELF spec may be interpreted to say that a + file symbol must sort before other local symbols, but currently + ld -r doesn't do this. So, for ld -r output, it is possible to + make a better choice of file name for local symbols by ignoring + file symbols appearing after a given local symbol. */ + enum { nothing_seen, symbol_seen, file_after_symbol_seen } state; + const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); + + file = NULL; + low_func = 0; + state = nothing_seen; + cache->filename = NULL; + cache->func = NULL; + cache->func_size = 0; + cache->last_section = section; + + for (p = symbols; *p != NULL; p++) + { + asymbol *sym = *p; + bfd_vma code_off; + bfd_size_type size; + + if ((sym->flags & BSF_FILE) != 0) + { + file = sym; + if (state == symbol_seen) + state = file_after_symbol_seen; + continue; + } + + size = bed->maybe_function_sym (sym, section, &code_off); + if (size != 0 + && code_off <= offset + && (code_off > low_func + || (code_off == low_func + && size > cache->func_size))) + { + cache->func = sym; + cache->func_size = size; + cache->filename = NULL; + low_func = code_off; + if (file != NULL + && ((sym->flags & BSF_LOCAL) != 0 + || state != file_after_symbol_seen)) + cache->filename = bfd_asymbol_name (file); + } + if (state == nothing_seen) + state = symbol_seen; + } + } + + if (cache->func == NULL) + return FALSE; + + if (filename_ptr) + *filename_ptr = cache->filename; + if (functionname_ptr) + *functionname_ptr = bfd_asymbol_name (cache->func); + + return TRUE; +} + +/* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset, + for error reporting. */ + +bfd_boolean +_bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd *abfd, + asection *section, + asymbol **symbols, + bfd_vma offset, + const char **filename_ptr, + const char **functionname_ptr, + unsigned int *line_ptr) +{ + return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line_discriminator (abfd, section, symbols, + offset, filename_ptr, + functionname_ptr, + line_ptr, + NULL); +} + +bfd_boolean +_bfd_elf_find_nearest_line_discriminator (bfd *abfd, + asection *section, + asymbol **symbols, + bfd_vma offset, + const char **filename_ptr, + const char **functionname_ptr, + unsigned int *line_ptr, + unsigned int *discriminator_ptr) +{ + bfd_boolean found; + + if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset, + filename_ptr, functionname_ptr, + line_ptr)) + { + if (!*functionname_ptr) + elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset, + *filename_ptr ? NULL : filename_ptr, + functionname_ptr); + + return TRUE; + } + + if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd, dwarf_debug_sections, + section, symbols, offset, + filename_ptr, functionname_ptr, + line_ptr, discriminator_ptr, 0, + &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info)) + { + if (!*functionname_ptr) + elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset, + *filename_ptr ? NULL : filename_ptr, + functionname_ptr); + + return TRUE; + } + + if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, section, offset, + &found, filename_ptr, + functionname_ptr, line_ptr, + &elf_tdata (abfd)->line_info)) + return FALSE; + if (found && (*functionname_ptr || *line_ptr)) + return TRUE; + + if (symbols == NULL) + return FALSE; + + if (! elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset, + filename_ptr, functionname_ptr)) + return FALSE; + + *line_ptr = 0; + return TRUE; +} + +/* Find the line for a symbol. */ + +bfd_boolean +_bfd_elf_find_line (bfd *abfd, asymbol **symbols, asymbol *symbol, + const char **filename_ptr, unsigned int *line_ptr) +{ + return _bfd_elf_find_line_discriminator (abfd, symbols, symbol, + filename_ptr, line_ptr, + NULL); +} + +bfd_boolean +_bfd_elf_find_line_discriminator (bfd *abfd, asymbol **symbols, asymbol *symbol, + const char **filename_ptr, + unsigned int *line_ptr, + unsigned int *discriminator_ptr) +{ + return _bfd_dwarf2_find_line (abfd, symbols, symbol, + filename_ptr, line_ptr, discriminator_ptr, 0, + &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info); +} + +/* After a call to bfd_find_nearest_line, successive calls to + bfd_find_inliner_info can be used to get source information about + each level of function inlining that terminated at the address + passed to bfd_find_nearest_line. Currently this is only supported + for DWARF2 with appropriate DWARF3 extensions. */ + +bfd_boolean +_bfd_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd *abfd, + const char **filename_ptr, + const char **functionname_ptr, + unsigned int *line_ptr) +{ + bfd_boolean found; + found = _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd, filename_ptr, + functionname_ptr, line_ptr, + & elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info); + return found; +} + +int +_bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) +{ + const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); + int ret = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; + + if (!info->relocatable) + { + bfd_size_type phdr_size = elf_program_header_size (abfd); + + if (phdr_size == (bfd_size_type) -1) + { + struct elf_segment_map *m; + + phdr_size = 0; + for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next) + phdr_size += bed->s->sizeof_phdr; + + if (phdr_size == 0) + phdr_size = get_program_header_size (abfd, info); + } + + elf_program_header_size (abfd) = phdr_size; + ret += phdr_size; + } + + return ret; +} + +bfd_boolean +_bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd *abfd, + sec_ptr section, + const void *location, + file_ptr offset, + bfd_size_type count) +{ + Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; + bfd_signed_vma pos; + + if (! abfd->output_has_begun + && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, NULL)) + return FALSE; + + hdr = &elf_section_data (section)->this_hdr; + pos = hdr->sh_offset + offset; + if (bfd_seek (abfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0 + || bfd_bwrite (location, count, abfd) != count) + return FALSE; + + return TRUE; +} + +void +_bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, + arelent *cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, + Elf_Internal_Rela *dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) +{ + abort (); +} + +/* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */ + +bfd_boolean +_bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *areloc) +{ + /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */ + + if ((*areloc->sym_ptr_ptr)->the_bfd->xvec != abfd->xvec) + { + bfd_reloc_code_real_type code; + reloc_howto_type *howto; + + /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an + equivalent ELF reloc. */ + + if (areloc->howto->pc_relative) + { + switch (areloc->howto->bitsize) + { + case 8: + code = BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL; + break; + case 12: + code = BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL; + break; + case 16: + code = BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL; + break; + case 24: + code = BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL; + break; + case 32: + code = BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL; + break; + case 64: + code = BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL; + break; + default: + goto fail; + } + + howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code); + + if (areloc->howto->pcrel_offset != howto->pcrel_offset) + { + if (howto->pcrel_offset) + areloc->addend += areloc->address; + else + areloc->addend -= areloc->address; /* addend is unsigned!! */ + } + } + else + { + switch (areloc->howto->bitsize) + { + case 8: + code = BFD_RELOC_8; + break; + case 14: + code = BFD_RELOC_14; + break; + case 16: + code = BFD_RELOC_16; + break; + case 26: + code = BFD_RELOC_26; + break; + case 32: + code = BFD_RELOC_32; + break; + case 64: + code = BFD_RELOC_64; + break; + default: + goto fail; + } + + howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code); + } + + if (howto) + areloc->howto = howto; + else + goto fail; + } + + return TRUE; + + fail: + (*_bfd_error_handler) + (_("%B: unsupported relocation type %s"), + abfd, areloc->howto->name); + bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); + return FALSE; +} + +bfd_boolean +_bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd *abfd) +{ + struct elf_obj_tdata *tdata = elf_tdata (abfd); + if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object && tdata != NULL) + { + if (elf_tdata (abfd)->o != NULL && elf_shstrtab (abfd) != NULL) + _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd)); + _bfd_dwarf2_cleanup_debug_info (abfd, &tdata->dwarf2_find_line_info); + } + + return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd); +} + +/* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY + in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity + range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing + this reloc. */ + +bfd_reloc_status_type +_bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn + (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, + struct bfd_symbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, + void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, + bfd *obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) +{ + return bfd_reloc_ok; +} + +/* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native + toolchains, since we rely on knowing the + machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick + out details about the corefile. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H +/* Needed for new procfs interface on sparc-solaris. */ +# define _STRUCTURED_PROC 1 +# include <sys/procfs.h> +#endif + +/* Return a PID that identifies a "thread" for threaded cores, or the + PID of the main process for non-threaded cores. */ + +static int +elfcore_make_pid (bfd *abfd) +{ + int pid; + + pid = elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid; + if (pid == 0) + pid = elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid; + + return pid; +} + +/* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using + data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a + reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or + overwrite it. */ + +static bfd_boolean +elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd *abfd, char *name, asection *sect) +{ + asection *sect2; + + if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name) != NULL) + return TRUE; + + sect2 = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, name, sect->flags); + if (sect2 == NULL) + return FALSE; + + sect2->size = sect->size; + sect2->filepos = sect->filepos; + sect2->alignment_power = sect->alignment_power; + return TRUE; +} + +/* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This + actually creates up to two pseudosections: + - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless + such a section already exists. + - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where + PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd). + Both pseudosections have identical contents. */ +bfd_boolean +_bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd *abfd, + char *name, + size_t size, + ufile_ptr filepos) +{ + char buf[100]; + char *threaded_name; + size_t len; + asection *sect; + + /* Build the section name. */ + + sprintf (buf, "%s/%d", name, elfcore_make_pid (abfd)); + len = strlen (buf) + 1; + threaded_name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len); + if (threaded_name == NULL) + return FALSE; + memcpy (threaded_name, buf, len); + + sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, threaded_name, + SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); + if (sect == NULL) + return FALSE; + sect->size = size; + sect->filepos = filepos; + sect->alignment_power = 2; + + return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, name, sect); +} + +/* prstatus_t exists on: + solaris 2.5+ + linux 2.[01] + glibc + unixware 4.2 +*/ + +#if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) + +static bfd_boolean +elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) +{ + size_t size; + int offset; + + if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus_t)) + { + prstatus_t prstat; + + size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg); + offset = offsetof (prstatus_t, pr_reg); + memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat)); + + /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it + has already been set by another thread. */ + if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal == 0) + elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = prstat.pr_cursig; + if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid == 0) + elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = prstat.pr_pid; + + /* pr_who exists on: + solaris 2.5+ + unixware 4.2 + pr_who doesn't exist on: + linux 2.[01] + */ +#if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO) + elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = prstat.pr_who; +#else + elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = prstat.pr_pid; +#endif + } +#if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T) + else if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus32_t)) + { + /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */ + prstatus32_t prstat; + + size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg); + offset = offsetof (prstatus32_t, pr_reg); + memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat)); + + /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it + has already been set by another thread. */ + if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal == 0) + elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = prstat.pr_cursig; + if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid == 0) + elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = prstat.pr_pid; + + /* pr_who exists on: + solaris 2.5+ + unixware 4.2 + pr_who doesn't exist on: + linux 2.[01] + */ +#if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO) + elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = prstat.pr_who; +#else + elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = prstat.pr_pid; +#endif + } +#endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */ + else + { + /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other + note size (ie. data object type). */ + return TRUE; + } + + /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */ + return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", + size, note->descpos + offset); +} +#endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */ + +/* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */ +static bfd_boolean +elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd *abfd, + char *name, + Elf_Internal_Note *note) +{ + return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, name, + note->descsz, note->descpos); +} + +/* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms, + but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this + data structure apart. */ + +static bfd_boolean +elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) +{ + return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note); +} + +/* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note + type of NT_PRXFPREG. Just include the whole note's contents + literally. */ + +static bfd_boolean +elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) +{ + return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-xfp", note); +} + +/* Linux dumps the Intel XSAVE extended state in a note named "LINUX" + with a note type of NT_X86_XSTATE. Just include the whole note's + contents literally. */ + +static bfd_boolean +elfcore_grok_xstatereg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) +{ + return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-xstate", note); +} + +static bfd_boolean +elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) +{ + return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-ppc-vmx", note); +} + +static bfd_boolean +elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) +{ + return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-ppc-vsx", note); +} + +static bfd_boolean +elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) +{ + return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-high-gprs", note); +} + +static bfd_boolean +elfcore_grok_s390_timer (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) +{ + return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-timer", note); +} + +static bfd_boolean +elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) +{ + return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-todcmp", note); +} + +static bfd_boolean +elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) +{ + return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-todpreg", note); +} + +static bfd_boolean +elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) +{ + return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-ctrs", note); +} + +static bfd_boolean +elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) +{ + return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-prefix", note); +} + +static bfd_boolean +elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) +{ + return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-last-break", note); +} + +static bfd_boolean +elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) +{ + return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-system-call", note); +} + +static bfd_boolean +elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) +{ + return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-tdb", note); +} + +static bfd_boolean +elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) +{ + return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-arm-vfp", note); +} + +static bfd_boolean +elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) +{ + return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-aarch-tls", note); +} + +static bfd_boolean +elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) +{ + return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-aarch-hw-break", note); +} + +static bfd_boolean +elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) +{ + return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch", note); +} + +#if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) +typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t; +#if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */ +typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t; +#endif +#endif + +#if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) +typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t; +#if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */ +typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t; +#endif +#endif + +/* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at + most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'. + the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */ + +char * +_bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd *abfd, char *start, size_t max) +{ + char *dups; + char *end = (char *) memchr (start, '\0', max); + size_t len; + + if (end == NULL) + len = max; + else + len = end - start; + + dups = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len + 1); + if (dups == NULL) + return NULL; + + memcpy (dups, start, len); + dups[len] = '\0'; + + return dups; +} + +#if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) +static bfd_boolean +elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) +{ + if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t)) + { + elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo; + + memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo)); + +#if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T_PR_PID) + elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = psinfo.pr_pid; +#endif + elf_tdata (abfd)->core->program + = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname, + sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname)); + + elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command + = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs, + sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs)); + } +#if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) + else if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t)) + { + /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */ + elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo; + + memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo)); + +#if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T_PR_PID) + elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = psinfo.pr_pid; +#endif + elf_tdata (abfd)->core->program + = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname, + sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname)); + + elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command + = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs, + sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs)); + } +#endif + + else + { + /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other + note size (ie. data object type). */ + return TRUE; + } + + /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked + onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway) + implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */ + + { + char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command; + int n = strlen (command); + + if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ') + command[n - 1] = '\0'; + } + + return TRUE; +} +#endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */ + +#if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) +static bfd_boolean +elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) +{ + if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus_t) +#if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T) + || note->descsz == sizeof (pxstatus_t) +#endif + ) + { + pstatus_t pstat; + + memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat)); + + elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = pstat.pr_pid; + } +#if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T) + else if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus32_t)) + { + /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */ + pstatus32_t pstat; + + memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat)); + + elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = pstat.pr_pid; + } +#endif + /* Could grab some more details from the "representative" + lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an + NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */ + + return TRUE; +} +#endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */ + +#if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) +static bfd_boolean +elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) +{ + lwpstatus_t lwpstat; + char buf[100]; + char *name; + size_t len; + asection *sect; + + if (note->descsz != sizeof (lwpstat) +#if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T) + && note->descsz != sizeof (lwpxstatus_t) +#endif + ) + return TRUE; + + memcpy (&lwpstat, note->descdata, sizeof (lwpstat)); + + elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = lwpstat.pr_lwpid; + /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it has already been set by + another thread. */ + if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal == 0) + elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = lwpstat.pr_cursig; + + /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */ + + sprintf (buf, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd)); + len = strlen (buf) + 1; + name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len); + if (name == NULL) + return FALSE; + memcpy (name, buf, len); + + sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); + if (sect == NULL) + return FALSE; + +#if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT) + sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs); + sect->filepos = note->descpos + + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs); +#endif + +#if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG) + sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_reg); + sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_reg); +#endif + + sect->alignment_power = 2; + + if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect)) + return FALSE; + + /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */ + + sprintf (buf, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd)); + len = strlen (buf) + 1; + name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len); + if (name == NULL) + return FALSE; + memcpy (name, buf, len); + + sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); + if (sect == NULL) + return FALSE; + +#if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT) + sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs); + sect->filepos = note->descpos + + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs); +#endif + +#if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG) + sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_fpreg); + sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_fpreg); +#endif + + sect->alignment_power = 2; + + return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg2", sect); +} +#endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */ + +static bfd_boolean +elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) +{ + char buf[30]; + char *name; + size_t len; + asection *sect; + int type; + int is_active_thread; + bfd_vma base_addr; + + if (note->descsz < 728) + return TRUE; + + if (! CONST_STRNEQ (note->namedata, "win32")) + return TRUE; + + type = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata); + + switch (type) + { + case 1 /* NOTE_INFO_PROCESS */: + /* FIXME: need to add ->core->command. */ + /* process_info.pid */ + elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 8); + /* process_info.signal */ + elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 12); + break; + + case 2 /* NOTE_INFO_THREAD */: + /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */ + /* thread_info.tid */ + sprintf (buf, ".reg/%ld", (long) bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 8)); + + len = strlen (buf) + 1; + name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len); + if (name == NULL) + return FALSE; + + memcpy (name, buf, len); + + sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); + if (sect == NULL) + return FALSE; + + /* sizeof (thread_info.thread_context) */ + sect->size = 716; + /* offsetof (thread_info.thread_context) */ + sect->filepos = note->descpos + 12; + sect->alignment_power = 2; + + /* thread_info.is_active_thread */ + is_active_thread = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 8); + + if (is_active_thread) + if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect)) + return FALSE; + break; + + case 3 /* NOTE_INFO_MODULE */: + /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */ + /* module_info.base_address */ + base_addr = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 4); + sprintf (buf, ".module/%08lx", (unsigned long) base_addr); + + len = strlen (buf) + 1; + name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len); + if (name == NULL) + return FALSE; + + memcpy (name, buf, len); + + sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); + + if (sect == NULL) + return FALSE; + + sect->size = note->descsz; + sect->filepos = note->descpos; + sect->alignment_power = 2; + break; + + default: + return TRUE; + } + + return TRUE; +} + +static bfd_boolean +elfcore_grok_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) +{ + const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); + + switch (note->type) + { + default: + return TRUE; + + case NT_PRSTATUS: + if (bed->elf_backend_grok_prstatus) + if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_prstatus) (abfd, note)) + return TRUE; +#if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) + return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd, note); +#else + return TRUE; +#endif + +#if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) + case NT_PSTATUS: + return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd, note); +#endif + +#if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) + case NT_LWPSTATUS: + return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd, note); +#endif + + case NT_FPREGSET: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */ + return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd, note); + + case NT_WIN32PSTATUS: + return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd, note); + + case NT_PRXFPREG: /* Linux SSE extension */ + if (note->namesz == 6 + && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) + return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd, note); + else + return TRUE; + + case NT_X86_XSTATE: /* Linux XSAVE extension */ + if (note->namesz == 6 + && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) + return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd, note); + else + return TRUE; + + case NT_PPC_VMX: + if (note->namesz == 6 + && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) + return elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (abfd, note); + else + return TRUE; + + case NT_PPC_VSX: + if (note->namesz == 6 + && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) + return elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (abfd, note); + else + return TRUE; + + case NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS: + if (note->namesz == 6 + && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) + return elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (abfd, note); + else + return TRUE; + + case NT_S390_TIMER: + if (note->namesz == 6 + && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) + return elfcore_grok_s390_timer (abfd, note); + else + return TRUE; + + case NT_S390_TODCMP: + if (note->namesz == 6 + && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) + return elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (abfd, note); + else + return TRUE; + + case NT_S390_TODPREG: + if (note->namesz == 6 + && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) + return elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (abfd, note); + else + return TRUE; + + case NT_S390_CTRS: + if (note->namesz == 6 + && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) + return elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (abfd, note); + else + return TRUE; + + case NT_S390_PREFIX: + if (note->namesz == 6 + && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) + return elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (abfd, note); + else + return TRUE; + + case NT_S390_LAST_BREAK: + if (note->namesz == 6 + && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) + return elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (abfd, note); + else + return TRUE; + + case NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL: + if (note->namesz == 6 + && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) + return elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (abfd, note); + else + return TRUE; + + case NT_S390_TDB: + if (note->namesz == 6 + && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) + return elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (abfd, note); + else + return TRUE; + + case NT_ARM_VFP: + if (note->namesz == 6 + && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) + return elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (abfd, note); + else + return TRUE; + + case NT_ARM_TLS: + if (note->namesz == 6 + && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) + return elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (abfd, note); + else + return TRUE; + + case NT_ARM_HW_BREAK: + if (note->namesz == 6 + && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) + return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (abfd, note); + else + return TRUE; + + case NT_ARM_HW_WATCH: + if (note->namesz == 6 + && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) + return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (abfd, note); + else + return TRUE; + + case NT_PRPSINFO: + case NT_PSINFO: + if (bed->elf_backend_grok_psinfo) + if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_psinfo) (abfd, note)) + return TRUE; +#if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) + return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd, note); +#else + return TRUE; +#endif + + case NT_AUXV: + { + asection *sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".auxv", + SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); + + if (sect == NULL) + return FALSE; + sect->size = note->descsz; + sect->filepos = note->descpos; + sect->alignment_power = 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 32; + + return TRUE; + } + + case NT_FILE: + return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".note.linuxcore.file", + note); + + case NT_SIGINFO: + return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".note.linuxcore.siginfo", + note); + } +} + +static bfd_boolean +elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) +{ + struct elf_obj_tdata *t; + + if (note->descsz == 0) + return FALSE; + + t = elf_tdata (abfd); + t->build_id = bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (*t->build_id) - 1 + note->descsz); + if (t->build_id == NULL) + return FALSE; + + t->build_id->size = note->descsz; + memcpy (t->build_id->data, note->descdata, note->descsz); + + return TRUE; +} + +static bfd_boolean +elfobj_grok_gnu_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) +{ + switch (note->type) + { + default: + return TRUE; + + case NT_GNU_BUILD_ID: + return elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (abfd, note); + } +} + +static bfd_boolean +elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) +{ + struct sdt_note *cur = + (struct sdt_note *) bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (struct sdt_note) + + note->descsz); + + cur->next = (struct sdt_note *) (elf_tdata (abfd))->sdt_note_head; + cur->size = (bfd_size_type) note->descsz; + memcpy (cur->data, note->descdata, note->descsz); + + elf_tdata (abfd)->sdt_note_head = cur; + + return TRUE; +} + +static bfd_boolean +elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) +{ + switch (note->type) + { + case NT_STAPSDT: + return elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (abfd, note); + + default: + return TRUE; + } +} + +static bfd_boolean +elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note *note, int *lwpidp) +{ + char *cp; + + cp = strchr (note->namedata, '@'); + if (cp != NULL) + { + *lwpidp = atoi(cp + 1); + return TRUE; + } + return FALSE; +} + +static bfd_boolean +elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) +{ + /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */ + elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal + = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x08); + + /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */ + elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid + = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x50); + + /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */ + elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command + = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 0x7c, 31); + + return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo", + note); +} + +static bfd_boolean +elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) +{ + int lwp; + + if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note, &lwp)) + elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = lwp; + + if (note->type == NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO) + { + /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to + find this note before any of the others, which is fine, + since the kernel writes this note out first when it + creates a core file. */ + + return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd, note); + } + + /* As of Jan 2002 there are no other machine-independent notes + defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less + than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't + understand it. */ + + if (note->type < NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH) + return TRUE; + + + switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd)) + { + /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and + PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */ + + case bfd_arch_alpha: + case bfd_arch_sparc: + switch (note->type) + { + case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+0: + return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note); + + case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+2: + return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note); + + default: + return TRUE; + } + + /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and + PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */ + + default: + switch (note->type) + { + case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+1: + return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note); + + case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+3: + return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note); + + default: + return TRUE; + } + } + /* NOTREACHED */ +} + +static bfd_boolean +elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) +{ + /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */ + elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal + = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x08); + + /* Process ID at offset 0x20. */ + elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid + = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x20); + + /* Command name at 0x48 (max 32 bytes, including nul). */ + elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command + = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 0x48, 31); + + return TRUE; +} + +static bfd_boolean +elfcore_grok_openbsd_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) +{ + if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_PROCINFO) + return elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (abfd, note); + + if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_REGS) + return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note); + + if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_FPREGS) + return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note); + + if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_XFPREGS) + return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-xfp", note); + + if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_AUXV) + { + asection *sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".auxv", + SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); + + if (sect == NULL) + return FALSE; + sect->size = note->descsz; + sect->filepos = note->descpos; + sect->alignment_power = 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 32; + + return TRUE; + } + + if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_WCOOKIE) + { + asection *sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".wcookie", + SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); + + if (sect == NULL) + return FALSE; + sect->size = note->descsz; + sect->filepos = note->descpos; + sect->alignment_power = 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 32; + + return TRUE; + } + + return TRUE; +} + +static bfd_boolean +elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note, long *tid) +{ + void *ddata = note->descdata; + char buf[100]; + char *name; + asection *sect; + short sig; + unsigned flags; + + /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */ + elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata); + + /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */ + *tid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 4); + + /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */ + flags = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 8); + + /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */ + if ((sig = bfd_get_16 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 14)) > 0) + { + elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = sig; + elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = *tid; + } + + /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores + do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current + thread just in case. */ + if (flags & 0x00000080) + elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = *tid; + + /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */ + sprintf (buf, ".qnx_core_status/%ld", *tid); + + name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1); + if (name == NULL) + return FALSE; + strcpy (name, buf); + + sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); + if (sect == NULL) + return FALSE; + + sect->size = note->descsz; + sect->filepos = note->descpos; + sect->alignment_power = 2; + + return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".qnx_core_status", sect)); +} + +static bfd_boolean +elfcore_grok_nto_regs (bfd *abfd, + Elf_Internal_Note *note, + long tid, + char *base) +{ + char buf[100]; + char *name; + asection *sect; + + /* Make a "(base)/%d" section. */ + sprintf (buf, "%s/%ld", base, tid); + + name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1); + if (name == NULL) + return FALSE; + strcpy (name, buf); + + sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); + if (sect == NULL) + return FALSE; + + sect->size = note->descsz; + sect->filepos = note->descpos; + sect->alignment_power = 2; + + /* This is the current thread. */ + if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid == tid) + return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, base, sect); + + return TRUE; +} + +#define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO 7 +#define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS 8 +#define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG 9 +#define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG 10 + +static bfd_boolean +elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) +{ + /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the + tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs + function. */ + static long tid = 1; + + switch (note->type) + { + case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO: + return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".qnx_core_info", note); + case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS: + return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd, note, &tid); + case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG: + return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd, note, tid, ".reg"); + case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG: + return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd, note, tid, ".reg2"); + default: + return TRUE; + } +} + +static bfd_boolean +elfcore_grok_spu_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) +{ + char *name; + asection *sect; + size_t len; + + /* Use note name as section name. */ + len = note->namesz; + name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len); + if (name == NULL) + return FALSE; + memcpy (name, note->namedata, len); + name[len - 1] = '\0'; + + sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); + if (sect == NULL) + return FALSE; + + sect->size = note->descsz; + sect->filepos = note->descpos; + sect->alignment_power = 1; + + return TRUE; +} + +/* Function: elfcore_write_note + + Inputs: + buffer to hold note, and current size of buffer + name of note + type of note + data for note + size of data for note + + Writes note to end of buffer. ELF64 notes are written exactly as + for ELF32, despite the current (as of 2006) ELF gabi specifying + that they ought to have 8-byte namesz and descsz field, and have + 8-byte alignment. Other writers, eg. Linux kernel, do the same. + + Return: + Pointer to realloc'd buffer, *BUFSIZ updated. */ + +char * +elfcore_write_note (bfd *abfd, + char *buf, + int *bufsiz, + const char *name, + int type, + const void *input, + int size) +{ + Elf_External_Note *xnp; + size_t namesz; + size_t newspace; + char *dest; + + namesz = 0; + if (name != NULL) + namesz = strlen (name) + 1; + + newspace = 12 + ((namesz + 3) & -4) + ((size + 3) & -4); + + buf = (char *) realloc (buf, *bufsiz + newspace); + if (buf == NULL) + return buf; + dest = buf + *bufsiz; + *bufsiz += newspace; + xnp = (Elf_External_Note *) dest; + H_PUT_32 (abfd, namesz, xnp->namesz); + H_PUT_32 (abfd, size, xnp->descsz); + H_PUT_32 (abfd, type, xnp->type); + dest = xnp->name; + if (name != NULL) + { + memcpy (dest, name, namesz); + dest += namesz; + while (namesz & 3) + { + *dest++ = '\0'; + ++namesz; + } + } + memcpy (dest, input, size); + dest += size; + while (size & 3) + { + *dest++ = '\0'; + ++size; + } + return buf; +} + +char * +elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd *abfd, + char *buf, + int *bufsiz, + const char *fname, + const char *psargs) +{ + const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); + + if (bed->elf_backend_write_core_note != NULL) + { + char *ret; + ret = (*bed->elf_backend_write_core_note) (abfd, buf, bufsiz, + NT_PRPSINFO, fname, psargs); + if (ret != NULL) + return ret; + } + +#if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) +#if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) + if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32) + { +#if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) + psinfo32_t data; + int note_type = NT_PSINFO; +#else + prpsinfo32_t data; + int note_type = NT_PRPSINFO; +#endif + + memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data)); + strncpy (data.pr_fname, fname, sizeof (data.pr_fname)); + strncpy (data.pr_psargs, psargs, sizeof (data.pr_psargs)); + return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, + "CORE", note_type, &data, sizeof (data)); + } + else +#endif + { +#if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) + psinfo_t data; + int note_type = NT_PSINFO; +#else + prpsinfo_t data; + int note_type = NT_PRPSINFO; +#endif + + memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data)); + strncpy (data.pr_fname, fname, sizeof (data.pr_fname)); + strncpy (data.pr_psargs, psargs, sizeof (data.pr_psargs)); + return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, + "CORE", note_type, &data, sizeof (data)); + } +#endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */ + + free (buf); + return NULL; +} + +char * +elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo32 + (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz, + const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo *prpsinfo) +{ + struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo32 data; + + memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data)); + LINUX_PRPSINFO32_SWAP_FIELDS (abfd, prpsinfo, data); + + return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO, + &data, sizeof (data)); +} + +char * +elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo64 + (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz, + const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo *prpsinfo) +{ + struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo64 data; + + memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data)); + LINUX_PRPSINFO64_SWAP_FIELDS (abfd, prpsinfo, data); + + return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, + "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO, &data, sizeof (data)); +} + +char * +elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd *abfd, + char *buf, + int *bufsiz, + long pid, + int cursig, + const void *gregs) +{ + const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); + + if (bed->elf_backend_write_core_note != NULL) + { + char *ret; + ret = (*bed->elf_backend_write_core_note) (abfd, buf, bufsiz, + NT_PRSTATUS, + pid, cursig, gregs); + if (ret != NULL) + return ret; + } + +#if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) +#if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T) + if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32) + { + prstatus32_t prstat; + + memset (&prstat, 0, sizeof (prstat)); + prstat.pr_pid = pid; + prstat.pr_cursig = cursig; + memcpy (&prstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (prstat.pr_reg)); + return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, "CORE", + NT_PRSTATUS, &prstat, sizeof (prstat)); + } + else +#endif + { + prstatus_t prstat; + + memset (&prstat, 0, sizeof (prstat)); + prstat.pr_pid = pid; + prstat.pr_cursig = cursig; + memcpy (&prstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (prstat.pr_reg)); + return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, "CORE", + NT_PRSTATUS, &prstat, sizeof (prstat)); + } +#endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */ + + free (buf); + return NULL; +} + +#if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) +char * +elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd *abfd, + char *buf, + int *bufsiz, + long pid, + int cursig, + const void *gregs) +{ + lwpstatus_t lwpstat; + const char *note_name = "CORE"; + + memset (&lwpstat, 0, sizeof (lwpstat)); + lwpstat.pr_lwpid = pid >> 16; + lwpstat.pr_cursig = cursig; +#if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG) + memcpy (lwpstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_reg)); +#elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT) +#if !defined(gregs) + memcpy (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs, + gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs)); +#else + memcpy (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.__gregs, + gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.__gregs)); +#endif +#endif + return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name, + NT_LWPSTATUS, &lwpstat, sizeof (lwpstat)); +} +#endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */ + +#if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) +char * +elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd *abfd, + char *buf, + int *bufsiz, + long pid, + int cursig ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, + const void *gregs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) +{ + const char *note_name = "CORE"; +#if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T) + const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); + + if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32) + { + pstatus32_t pstat; + + memset (&pstat, 0, sizeof (pstat)); + pstat.pr_pid = pid & 0xffff; + buf = elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name, + NT_PSTATUS, &pstat, sizeof (pstat)); + return buf; + } + else +#endif + { + pstatus_t pstat; + + memset (&pstat, 0, sizeof (pstat)); + pstat.pr_pid = pid & 0xffff; + buf = elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name, + NT_PSTATUS, &pstat, sizeof (pstat)); + return buf; + } +} +#endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */ + +char * +elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd *abfd, + char *buf, + int *bufsiz, + const void *fpregs, + int size) +{ + const char *note_name = "CORE"; + return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, + note_name, NT_FPREGSET, fpregs, size); +} + +char * +elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd *abfd, + char *buf, + int *bufsiz, + const void *xfpregs, + int size) +{ + char *note_name = "LINUX"; + return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, + note_name, NT_PRXFPREG, xfpregs, size); +} + +char * +elfcore_write_xstatereg (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz, + const void *xfpregs, int size) +{ + char *note_name = "LINUX"; + return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, + note_name, NT_X86_XSTATE, xfpregs, size); +} + +char * +elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (bfd *abfd, + char *buf, + int *bufsiz, + const void *ppc_vmx, + int size) +{ + char *note_name = "LINUX"; + return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, + note_name, NT_PPC_VMX, ppc_vmx, size); +} + +char * +elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (bfd *abfd, + char *buf, + int *bufsiz, + const void *ppc_vsx, + int size) +{ + char *note_name = "LINUX"; + return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, + note_name, NT_PPC_VSX, ppc_vsx, size); +} + +static char * +elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (bfd *abfd, + char *buf, + int *bufsiz, + const void *s390_high_gprs, + int size) +{ + char *note_name = "LINUX"; + return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, + note_name, NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS, + s390_high_gprs, size); +} + +char * +elfcore_write_s390_timer (bfd *abfd, + char *buf, + int *bufsiz, + const void *s390_timer, + int size) +{ + char *note_name = "LINUX"; + return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, + note_name, NT_S390_TIMER, s390_timer, size); +} + +char * +elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (bfd *abfd, + char *buf, + int *bufsiz, + const void *s390_todcmp, + int size) +{ + char *note_name = "LINUX"; + return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, + note_name, NT_S390_TODCMP, s390_todcmp, size); +} + +char * +elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (bfd *abfd, + char *buf, + int *bufsiz, + const void *s390_todpreg, + int size) +{ + char *note_name = "LINUX"; + return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, + note_name, NT_S390_TODPREG, s390_todpreg, size); +} + +char * +elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (bfd *abfd, + char *buf, + int *bufsiz, + const void *s390_ctrs, + int size) +{ + char *note_name = "LINUX"; + return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, + note_name, NT_S390_CTRS, s390_ctrs, size); +} + +char * +elfcore_write_s390_prefix (bfd *abfd, + char *buf, + int *bufsiz, + const void *s390_prefix, + int size) +{ + char *note_name = "LINUX"; + return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, + note_name, NT_S390_PREFIX, s390_prefix, size); +} + +char * +elfcore_write_s390_last_break (bfd *abfd, + char *buf, + int *bufsiz, + const void *s390_last_break, + int size) +{ + char *note_name = "LINUX"; + return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, + note_name, NT_S390_LAST_BREAK, + s390_last_break, size); +} + +char * +elfcore_write_s390_system_call (bfd *abfd, + char *buf, + int *bufsiz, + const void *s390_system_call, + int size) +{ + char *note_name = "LINUX"; + return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, + note_name, NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL, + s390_system_call, size); +} + +char * +elfcore_write_s390_tdb (bfd *abfd, + char *buf, + int *bufsiz, + const void *s390_tdb, + int size) +{ + char *note_name = "LINUX"; + return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, + note_name, NT_S390_TDB, s390_tdb, size); +} + +char * +elfcore_write_arm_vfp (bfd *abfd, + char *buf, + int *bufsiz, + const void *arm_vfp, + int size) +{ + char *note_name = "LINUX"; + return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, + note_name, NT_ARM_VFP, arm_vfp, size); +} + +char * +elfcore_write_aarch_tls (bfd *abfd, + char *buf, + int *bufsiz, + const void *aarch_tls, + int size) +{ + char *note_name = "LINUX"; + return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, + note_name, NT_ARM_TLS, aarch_tls, size); +} + +char * +elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (bfd *abfd, + char *buf, + int *bufsiz, + const void *aarch_hw_break, + int size) +{ + char *note_name = "LINUX"; + return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, + note_name, NT_ARM_HW_BREAK, aarch_hw_break, size); +} + +char * +elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (bfd *abfd, + char *buf, + int *bufsiz, + const void *aarch_hw_watch, + int size) +{ + char *note_name = "LINUX"; + return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, + note_name, NT_ARM_HW_WATCH, aarch_hw_watch, size); +} + +char * +elfcore_write_register_note (bfd *abfd, + char *buf, + int *bufsiz, + const char *section, + const void *data, + int size) +{ + if (strcmp (section, ".reg2") == 0) + return elfcore_write_prfpreg (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); + if (strcmp (section, ".reg-xfp") == 0) + return elfcore_write_prxfpreg (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); + if (strcmp (section, ".reg-xstate") == 0) + return elfcore_write_xstatereg (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); + if (strcmp (section, ".reg-ppc-vmx") == 0) + return elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); + if (strcmp (section, ".reg-ppc-vsx") == 0) + return elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); + if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-high-gprs") == 0) + return elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); + if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-timer") == 0) + return elfcore_write_s390_timer (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); + if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-todcmp") == 0) + return elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); + if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-todpreg") == 0) + return elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); + if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-ctrs") == 0) + return elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); + if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-prefix") == 0) + return elfcore_write_s390_prefix (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); + if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-last-break") == 0) + return elfcore_write_s390_last_break (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); + if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-system-call") == 0) + return elfcore_write_s390_system_call (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); + if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-tdb") == 0) + return elfcore_write_s390_tdb (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); + if (strcmp (section, ".reg-arm-vfp") == 0) + return elfcore_write_arm_vfp (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); + if (strcmp (section, ".reg-aarch-tls") == 0) + return elfcore_write_aarch_tls (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); + if (strcmp (section, ".reg-aarch-hw-break") == 0) + return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); + if (strcmp (section, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch") == 0) + return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); + return NULL; +} + +static bfd_boolean +elf_parse_notes (bfd *abfd, char *buf, size_t size, file_ptr offset) +{ + char *p; + + p = buf; + while (p < buf + size) + { + /* FIXME: bad alignment assumption. */ + Elf_External_Note *xnp = (Elf_External_Note *) p; + Elf_Internal_Note in; + + if (offsetof (Elf_External_Note, name) > buf - p + size) + return FALSE; + + in.type = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->type); + + in.namesz = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->namesz); + in.namedata = xnp->name; + if (in.namesz > buf - in.namedata + size) + return FALSE; + + in.descsz = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->descsz); + in.descdata = in.namedata + BFD_ALIGN (in.namesz, 4); + in.descpos = offset + (in.descdata - buf); + if (in.descsz != 0 + && (in.descdata >= buf + size + || in.descsz > buf - in.descdata + size)) + return FALSE; + + switch (bfd_get_format (abfd)) + { + default: + return TRUE; + + case bfd_core: + if (CONST_STRNEQ (in.namedata, "NetBSD-CORE")) + { + if (! elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (abfd, &in)) + return FALSE; + } + else if (CONST_STRNEQ (in.namedata, "OpenBSD")) + { + if (! elfcore_grok_openbsd_note (abfd, &in)) + return FALSE; + } + else if (CONST_STRNEQ (in.namedata, "QNX")) + { + if (! elfcore_grok_nto_note (abfd, &in)) + return FALSE; + } + else if (CONST_STRNEQ (in.namedata, "SPU/")) + { + if (! elfcore_grok_spu_note (abfd, &in)) + return FALSE; + } + else + { + if (! elfcore_grok_note (abfd, &in)) + return FALSE; + } + break; + + case bfd_object: + if (in.namesz == sizeof "GNU" && strcmp (in.namedata, "GNU") == 0) + { + if (! elfobj_grok_gnu_note (abfd, &in)) + return FALSE; + } + else if (in.namesz == sizeof "stapsdt" + && strcmp (in.namedata, "stapsdt") == 0) + { + if (! elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (abfd, &in)) + return FALSE; + } + break; + } + + p = in.descdata + BFD_ALIGN (in.descsz, 4); + } + + return TRUE; +} + +static bfd_boolean +elf_read_notes (bfd *abfd, file_ptr offset, bfd_size_type size) +{ + char *buf; + + if (size <= 0) + return TRUE; + + if (bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) != 0) + return FALSE; + + buf = (char *) bfd_malloc (size); + if (buf == NULL) + return FALSE; + + if (bfd_bread (buf, size, abfd) != size + || !elf_parse_notes (abfd, buf, size, offset)) + { + free (buf); + return FALSE; + } + + free (buf); + return TRUE; +} + +/* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */ + +/* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a + copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error + occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */ + +long +bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd *abfd) +{ + if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour) + { + bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format); + return -1; + } + + return elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr); +} + +/* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries + will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as + defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the + buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound. + + Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an + error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */ + +int +bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd *abfd, void *phdrs) +{ + int num_phdrs; + + if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour) + { + bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format); + return -1; + } + + num_phdrs = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; + memcpy (phdrs, elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr, + num_phdrs * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr)); + + return num_phdrs; +} + +enum elf_reloc_type_class +_bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, + const asection *rel_sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, + const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) +{ + return reloc_class_normal; +} + +/* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a + relocation against a local symbol. */ + +bfd_vma +_bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd *abfd, + Elf_Internal_Sym *sym, + asection **psec, + Elf_Internal_Rela *rel) +{ + asection *sec = *psec; + bfd_vma relocation; + + relocation = (sec->output_section->vma + + sec->output_offset + + sym->st_value); + if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE) + && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION + && sec->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE) + { + rel->r_addend = + _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, psec, + elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info, + sym->st_value + rel->r_addend); + if (sec != *psec) + { + /* If we have changed the section, and our original section is + marked with SEC_EXCLUDE, it means that the original + SEC_MERGE section has been completely subsumed in some + other SEC_MERGE section. In this case, we need to leave + some info around for --emit-relocs. */ + if ((sec->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0) + sec->kept_section = *psec; + sec = *psec; + } + rel->r_addend -= relocation; + rel->r_addend += sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset; + } + return relocation; +} + +bfd_vma +_bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd *abfd, + Elf_Internal_Sym *sym, + asection **psec, + bfd_vma addend) +{ + asection *sec = *psec; + + if (sec->sec_info_type != SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE) + return sym->st_value + addend; + + return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, psec, + elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info, + sym->st_value + addend); +} + +bfd_vma +_bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd *abfd, + struct bfd_link_info *info, + asection *sec, + bfd_vma offset) +{ + switch (sec->sec_info_type) + { + case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS: + return _bfd_stab_section_offset (sec, elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info, + offset); + case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME: + return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd, info, sec, offset); + default: + if ((sec->flags & SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY) != 0) + { + const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); + bfd_size_type address_size = bed->s->arch_size / 8; + offset = sec->size - offset - address_size; + } + return offset; + } +} + +/* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file, + reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory + based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it + points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference + between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the + file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at. + + The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the + remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it + should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must + be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in + the remote memory. */ + +bfd * +bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory + (bfd *templ, + bfd_vma ehdr_vma, + bfd_vma *loadbasep, + int (*target_read_memory) (bfd_vma, bfd_byte *, bfd_size_type)) +{ + return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ)->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory) + (templ, ehdr_vma, loadbasep, target_read_memory); +} + +long +_bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd *abfd, + long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, + asymbol **syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, + long dynsymcount, + asymbol **dynsyms, + asymbol **ret) +{ + const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); + asection *relplt; + asymbol *s; + const char *relplt_name; + bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean); + arelent *p; + long count, i, n; + size_t size; + Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; + char *names; + asection *plt; + + *ret = NULL; + + if ((abfd->flags & (DYNAMIC | EXEC_P)) == 0) + return 0; + + if (dynsymcount <= 0) + return 0; + + if (!bed->plt_sym_val) + return 0; + + relplt_name = bed->relplt_name; + if (relplt_name == NULL) + relplt_name = bed->rela_plts_and_copies_p ? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt"; + relplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, relplt_name); + if (relplt == NULL) + return 0; + + hdr = &elf_section_data (relplt)->this_hdr; + if (hdr->sh_link != elf_dynsymtab (abfd) + || (hdr->sh_type != SHT_REL && hdr->sh_type != SHT_RELA)) + return 0; + + plt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt"); + if (plt == NULL) + return 0; + + slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table; + if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, relplt, dynsyms, TRUE)) + return -1; + + count = relplt->size / hdr->sh_entsize; + size = count * sizeof (asymbol); + p = relplt->relocation; + for (i = 0; i < count; i++, p += bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel) + { + size += strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name) + sizeof ("@plt"); + if (p->addend != 0) + { +#ifdef BFD64 + size += sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8 + 8 * (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64); +#else + size += sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8; +#endif + } + } + + s = *ret = (asymbol *) bfd_malloc (size); + if (s == NULL) + return -1; + + names = (char *) (s + count); + p = relplt->relocation; + n = 0; + for (i = 0; i < count; i++, p += bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel) + { + size_t len; + bfd_vma addr; + + addr = bed->plt_sym_val (i, plt, p); + if (addr == (bfd_vma) -1) + continue; + + *s = **p->sym_ptr_ptr; + /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since + we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */ + if ((s->flags & BSF_LOCAL) == 0) + s->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL; + s->flags |= BSF_SYNTHETIC; + s->section = plt; + s->value = addr - plt->vma; + s->name = names; + s->udata.p = NULL; + len = strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name); + memcpy (names, (*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name, len); + names += len; + if (p->addend != 0) + { + char buf[30], *a; + + memcpy (names, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1); + names += sizeof ("+0x") - 1; + bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd, buf, p->addend); + for (a = buf; *a == '0'; ++a) + ; + len = strlen (a); + memcpy (names, a, len); + names += len; + } + memcpy (names, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt")); + names += sizeof ("@plt"); + ++s, ++n; + } + + return n; +} + +/* It is only used by x86-64 so far. */ +asection _bfd_elf_large_com_section + = BFD_FAKE_SECTION (_bfd_elf_large_com_section, + SEC_IS_COMMON, NULL, "LARGE_COMMON", 0); + +void +_bfd_elf_set_osabi (bfd * abfd, + struct bfd_link_info * link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) +{ + Elf_Internal_Ehdr * i_ehdrp; /* ELF file header, internal form. */ + + i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd); + + i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_osabi; + + /* To make things simpler for the loader on Linux systems we set the + osabi field to ELFOSABI_GNU if the binary contains symbols of + the STT_GNU_IFUNC type or STB_GNU_UNIQUE binding. */ + if (i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] == ELFOSABI_NONE + && elf_tdata (abfd)->has_gnu_symbols) + i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] = ELFOSABI_GNU; +} + + +/* Return TRUE for ELF symbol types that represent functions. + This is the default version of this function, which is sufficient for + most targets. It returns true if TYPE is STT_FUNC or STT_GNU_IFUNC. */ + +bfd_boolean +_bfd_elf_is_function_type (unsigned int type) +{ + return (type == STT_FUNC + || type == STT_GNU_IFUNC); +} + +/* If the ELF symbol SYM might be a function in SEC, return the + function size and set *CODE_OFF to the function's entry point, + otherwise return zero. */ + +bfd_size_type +_bfd_elf_maybe_function_sym (const asymbol *sym, asection *sec, + bfd_vma *code_off) +{ + bfd_size_type size; + + if ((sym->flags & (BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_FILE | BSF_OBJECT + | BSF_THREAD_LOCAL | BSF_RELC | BSF_SRELC)) != 0 + || sym->section != sec) + return 0; + + *code_off = sym->value; + size = 0; + if (!(sym->flags & BSF_SYNTHETIC)) + size = ((elf_symbol_type *) sym)->internal_elf_sym.st_size; + if (size == 0) + size = 1; + return size; +} |